David, according to the superscription.
The Divine Warrior Ascends, Dwells, and Gives Strength to His People
The God who arises against His enemies also dwells among His people, carries them daily, ascends in triumph, and summons the nations to praise His strength.
Reading a chapter
What this page is: Each chapter page shows the big idea, the argument flow, key original-language terms, doctrine connections, and passage units, all in one place.
How to use it: Start with the Overview tab to get the chapter's main point. Then move to Passages to study individual units, or Language to trace key terms.
Going deeper: The Doctrines and Motifs tabs show how this chapter connects to the broader biblical story.
The God who arises against His enemies also dwells among His people, carries them daily, ascends in triumph, and summons the nations to praise His strength.
Psalm 68 argues that the Lord's kingship is displayed in both victory and mercy. He defeats enemies, shelters the weak, leads His people through history, chooses His dwelling, ascends in triumph, receives tribute, bears His people daily, and summons the nations to praise. Divine power is therefore not abstract domination but covenantal salvation that creates worship.
The worshiping community of Israel, especially those called to remember the Lord's saving acts and to join in public praise.
A Davidic hymn or processional song that celebrates the Lord as divine warrior, covenant protector, and enthroned King who brings His people into His dwelling place.
The God who arises against His enemies also dwells among His people, carries them daily, ascends in triumph, and summons the nations to praise His strength.
David, according to the superscription.
The worshiping community of Israel, especially those called to remember the Lord's saving acts and to join in public praise.
A Davidic hymn or processional song that celebrates the Lord as divine warrior, covenant protector, and enthroned King who brings His people into His dwelling place.
- The psalm assumes conflict with enemies, vulnerability among the weak, the memory of wilderness hardship, and the need for Israel to see that national security and worship depend on the Lord's presence rather than military strength.
The psalm uses ancient victory, procession, sanctuary, and royal imagery. Its language of divine riding, mountain selection, captives, gifts, and tribute belongs to the world of triumphal celebration but is governed by Israel's confession that the Lord alone is God and King.
Psalm 68 stands in Book II of the Psalter and gathers Exodus, Sinai, wilderness, conquest, Zion, Davidic kingship, and international worship into one praise-filled witness that later becomes significant for understanding Christ's ascension and the giving of gifts to the church.
Psalm 68 moves from divine arising and enemy scattering, through wilderness provision and Zion triumph, into ascension, sanctuary procession, international homage, and final praise to the God who gives strength to His people.
Theological exposition and fulfillment
Psalm 68 forms a people who are unashamed to sing of God's victory, tender toward the vulnerable, historically rooted in God's saving acts, confident in His daily sustaining care, and missionally oriented toward the praise of all nations.
- 1-3: God's appearance scatters the wicked and fills the righteous with joy.
- 4-6: The God who rides in majesty is Father, Defender, homemaker for the lonely, and liberator of prisoners.
- 7-10: Sinai, rain, inheritance, and provision for the poor testify that God's presence sustains His people.
- 11-14: God announces victory, enemy kings flee, and the spoil of battle displays divine triumph.
- 15-18: God's chosen mountain becomes the place of His dwelling, and His ascent with captives and gifts becomes a central triumph motif.
- 19-23: The Lord carries burdens daily, provides escapes from death, and crushes hardened enemies.
- 24-27: The worship procession includes singers, musicians, maidens, and tribes united in blessing the Lord.
- 28-31: God is asked to confirm His strength, rebuke warlike nations, and draw distant peoples into homage.
- 32-35: The psalm ends with universal praise to the God whose majesty is over Israel and whose power strengthens His people.
Pastoral Entry
The Hebrew noun אֱלֹהִים (ʾĕlōhîm) has a morphologically plural form, but its number and referent must be determined from grammar and context. When it identifies the God of Israel, it commonly takes singular verbal action, as in Genesis 1:1: God “created.” The same lexical form can refer to other gods, as in Exodus 20:3, and can appear in passages about heavenly or divine beings, as Psalm 82 illustrates. Translators therefore use “God,” “gods,” or another contextual expression rather than assigning one English gloss mechanically.
Genesis 1 presents ʾĕlōhîm as the sovereign Creator who speaks, orders, blesses, and makes humanity in His image. Deuteronomy 6:4 identifies the Lord as “our God” and confesses that the Lord is one. Isaiah 45:5 explicitly denies any rival God. These claims arise from the sentences and arguments of Scripture. The plural shape of the noun should not be treated as a standalone proof of either polytheism or the Trinity, and “plural of majesty” should not be presented as though it settles every historical and grammatical question.
Exodus 20:3 shows that the word itself does not always name the true God: Israel must have no other gods before the Lord. Psalm 82:1 uses ʾĕlōhîm for the presiding God and also for those judged in the assembly. Interpreters differ on how best to identify those addressed, including heavenly beings or rulers represented in divine-council imagery. The verse’s distinction between the sovereign Judge and the judged assembly must be preserved even when that debate remains open.
For Christian teaching, the Bible’s fuller revelation of Father, Son, and Holy Spirit should be established from explicit canonical testimony. H430 contributes to that theology by naming God in many foundational texts, but its plural morphology is not a shortcut around careful exegesis. Faithful use follows syntax, identifies the referent, and lets each passage state whether the word points to Israel’s God, false gods, or beings addressed within a particular scene.
Sense God, the mighty covenant Lord who acts in power
Definition The primary divine title throughout the psalm, emphasizing God's sovereign action.
References Psalm 68:1
Lexicon God, the mighty covenant Lord who acts in power
Why it matters The psalm's victory, mercy, dwelling, salvation, and global praise all belong to God.
Pastoral Entry
The Hebrew verb קוּם (qûm) can describe getting up, rising, standing, arising for action, remaining valid, establishing something, appointing someone, restoring what has fallen, or causing another to rise. The subject, object, stem, and surrounding action determine the sense. Abraham gets up from beside Sarah’s body in Genesis 23:3, Moses sets out with Joshua in Exodus 24:13, and Joshua is commanded to arise and cross the Jordan. These ordinary movements remind readers that the verb does not carry one spiritual meaning wherever it appears.
The moral direction also comes from context. Cain rises against Abel and kills him, while Leviticus 19:32 commands rising in the presence of the elderly as an act joined to honor and fear of God. Deuteronomy 22:4 requires helping a neighbor lift a fallen animal. The same lexical identity can therefore describe aggression, respect, movement, and practical assistance without approving every act of rising.
Other passages use qûm for establishment or effective standing. God establishes His covenant with Noah. Deuteronomy 19:15 says a legal matter must be established by adequate testimony. Numbers 23:19 asks whether God could speak and fail to fulfill what He promises. Judges 2:16 says the Lord raised up judges. Isaiah 58:12 speaks of restoring ancient foundations. In such settings, English “rise” may not communicate the function of the Hebrew form.
Selected prophetic and wisdom texts give rising a further horizon. Isaiah 26:19 declares that the dead will live and their bodies will rise. Proverbs 24:16 depicts the righteous person getting up after repeated falls. These passages can nourish resurrection hope and perseverance, but not every occurrence predicts resurrection or promises quick recovery. Faithful teaching should not turn “rise up” into a demand for relentless productivity, unsafe confrontation, or able-bodied performance. Qûm may call someone to act, receive help, rebuild, honor, testify, or trust God to establish what human strength cannot secure.
Sense to rise, stand up, take action
Definition A divine action verb used to portray God moving decisively against enemies.
References Psalm 68:1
Lexicon to rise, stand up, take action
Why it matters The psalm opens with God arising, setting the divine-warrior frame for the whole chapter.
Pastoral Entry
ʾŌyēb is a common Old Testament word for enemy, an active participle from the verb ʾāyab (to be hostile, to treat as an enemy). The word describes someone who is actively opposed: nations that come against Israel in battle, personal adversaries who seek someone's life or ruin, and in the Psalms, the unnamed enemies who pursue, mock, and threaten the psalmist.
The prevalence of the word across the Hebrew Bible reflects a world in which real hostility — military, social, personal — is part of ordinary experience. The Psalter in particular gives ʾōyēb its most theologically rich treatment. The psalmist brings enemies before God, not as proof that God has abandoned him, but as the situation in which he calls for divine intervention.
God is asked to vindicate against enemies, to deliver from their power, and sometimes to act in judgment against them. This is not mere revenge literature. It is prayer that takes conflict seriously as the arena in which God's character is displayed: his faithfulness to the vulnerable, his power against the violent, his justice in a world of real harm. The New Testament's command to love enemies does not cancel the Old Testament's honest lament about them.
It fulfills it by locating the believer in a position of radical trust in God's justice rather than personal retaliation.
Sense enemy, hostile opponent
Definition Those who oppose God and His people.
References Psalm 68:1
Lexicon enemy, hostile opponent
Why it matters The psalm distinguishes the fate of God's enemies from the joy of the righteous.
Pastoral Entry
H6327 is a Hebrew verb for scattering, dispersing, spreading abroad, driving apart, or breaking into pieces. Ezekiel 11:16 addresses people scattered among nations and says that the Lord has been a sanctuary for them in the countries where they live, acknowledging displacement without declaring God absent. Deuteronomy 30:3 promises compassion and gathering from the nations after covenant scattering.
First Kings 22:17 pictures Israel scattered on the hills like sheep without a shepherd after the king's coming defeat. Other texts describe troops deserting, enemies routed, people searching widely, nations dispersed in judgment, and streams spread into public places. H6327 opens exile, diaspora, failed leadership, distributed presence, judgment, and gathering hope.
It corrects the assumption that geographical dispersion means spiritual abandonment and the opposite claim that every scattering is a divinely endorsed mission rather than sometimes the result of war, oppression, covenant failure, or leadership collapse.
Sense to scatter, disperse
Definition The scattering of hostile powers before God.
References Psalm 68:1
Lexicon to scatter, disperse
Why it matters God's victory is portrayed as effortless dispersal of opposition.
Pastoral Entry
צַדִּיק (tsaddiq) is an adjective meaning righteous, just, or in the right. It can modify a person directly or function as a noun-like description, “the righteous.” The standard and scope come from the passage. Genesis 6:9 describes Noah as righteous and blameless in his generation, while Deuteronomy 25:1 speaks of the party a court declares to be in the right. A person may therefore be called righteous with reference to a life oriented toward God, a pattern of faithful conduct, or a particular dispute. None of those uses makes the person sinless, omniscient, or immune from correction.
The word’s judicial uses protect both truth and people. Exodus 23:7 forbids killing the innocent or just through a false accusation. Deuteronomy 25:1 requires judges to distinguish the righteous party from the wicked party. Such language can be case-specific: being right regarding one charge is not a declaration that every action in a person’s life is right. This distinction matters in churches, families, and institutions. A respected reputation must not erase evidence, and an accusation must not become a verdict before fair examination. Biblical righteousness does not oppose due process; it requires judgments that correspond to truth.
Wisdom and prophecy broaden the portrait without dissolving it. Psalm 1 speaks of the path of the righteous, Proverbs 29:7 shows the righteous attending to the cause of the poor, and Habakkuk 2:4 contrasts proud crookedness with the righteous person who lives by faith. Isaiah 53:11 presents the righteous Servant who justifies many and bears their iniquities, while Zechariah 9:9 announces a righteous and victorious King who comes humbly. These messianic passages warrant canonical movement toward Christ, but the adjective alone does not contain a complete doctrine of justification. Tsaddiq names a person or party as right according to the relation in view. Faithful teaching must ask who is described, by what standard, in what matter, and with what fruit.
Sense righteous, just, aligned with God
Definition Those who belong to the faithful worshiping community.
References Psalm 68:3
Lexicon righteous, just, aligned with God
Why it matters The righteous respond to God's victory with gladness and joy before Him.
Pastoral Entry
H7891, šiyr, is a Hebrew verb for singing. Its contexts make singing a voiced response that can remember deliverance, praise the Lord, proclaim salvation, teach a community, accompany ordered worship, or carry grief that ordinary speech cannot contain. Moses and Israel sing after rescue at the sea. Deborah and Barak sing about the Lord's action amid national danger. Psalms call all the earth to sing and declare His salvation, while another psalm asks how the Lord's song can be sung under the demands of captors. The action is embodied and communal, but it can also rise from one suffering voice.
Biblical singing is not limited to cheerful mood. Psalm 13 moves from “How long?” to trust and song without pretending the distress never existed. Jeremiah 20 places a call to sing beside persecution and, immediately afterward, a curse on the day of his birth. Psalm 137 refuses to turn Zion's song into entertainment for tormentors. These passages protect lament, silence, and protest from the demand to perform happiness. They also show that singing can sustain memory and faith when circumstances remain painful. A congregation should therefore make room for praise, confession, sorrow, thanksgiving, longing, and hope rather than treating one emotional register as the measure of faith.
The object and content of song matter. Psalm 96 joins singing to proclaiming the Lord's salvation among all peoples. Isaiah 42 summons coastlands, deserts, villages, and mountaintops into praise of the Lord who announces new things. Jeremiah sings because God rescues the needy from evildoers. Appointed singers in Chronicles serve ordered public worship, yet their presence before an army does not turn music into a technique that guarantees victory. Faithful singing responds to who God is and what He has done; it does not manipulate Him, prove a singer's spirituality, or excuse injustice. Musical skill can serve the community, but neither vocal ability, cultural style, emotional display, nor platform access determines a person's worth before God.
Sense to sing
Definition The commanded response of praise.
References Psalm 68:4
Lexicon to sing
Why it matters Psalm 68 repeatedly summons Israel and the nations to sing to God.
Sense shortened form of the divine name
Definition A compact form of the LORD's covenant name.
References Psalm 68:4
Lexicon shortened form of the divine name
Why it matters The psalm identifies the majestic Rider by His covenant name.
Cross-language bridge 1 link · View in lexicon
Pastoral Entry
The Hebrew noun yathom identifies a fatherless child or orphan, a person bereaved of a household protector in the social world of ancient Israel. Scripture consistently places the yathom among those exposed to economic, legal, and physical exploitation. The Lord executes justice and provides food and clothing; Israel must not deny justice, take needed security, seize property, or use violence; harvest, tithe, and feast provisions include fatherless children rather than isolating them from community life.
Prophets judge rulers who ignore their plea, and the Psalms call God their Father and defender. This language centers vulnerability without reducing bereaved children to passive symbols. Responsible teaching recognizes grief, changing family structures, and the agency of children and surviving caregivers. It must not romanticize orphanhood, pressure families into adoption, advertise children's stories, or imply that loss proves divine displeasure.
Care requires safeguarding, trauma-aware support, stable material provision, lawful child-protection practice, and respect for kinship, culture, identity, consent, and the child's developing voice.
Sense orphan, fatherless child
Definition A vulnerable person under God's special care.
References Psalm 68:5
Lexicon orphan, fatherless child
Why it matters The psalm ties God's majesty to His protection of the vulnerable.
Pastoral Entry
H490 names a widow, a woman whose husband has died, and therefore a person whose social and economic circumstances may have changed through bereavement. Scripture frequently places the widow alongside the fatherless, foreigner, and poor, not to erase her identity but to show a community whose justice can be tested by how it treats people with fewer protections.
The word can also describe a desolate place in Isaiah, where widowhood becomes a picture of abandoned security. That figurative use must not turn actual widows into symbols only. Deuteronomy commands protection and material provision, while the prophets condemn rulers who deny justice or exploit the vulnerable. Elijah’s encounter with the widow of Zarephath shows both need and agency: she is poor, yet she hears, responds, and participates in God’s provision.
H490 does not by itself define every widow’s character, spiritual condition, or required social role. Read the word with attention to the passage’s legal, narrative, poetic, or prophetic setting, and let the text distinguish grief, vulnerability, faith, injustice, and hope.
Sense widow
Definition A socially vulnerable woman lacking a husband's protection.
References Psalm 68:5
Lexicon widow
Why it matters God's role as defender of widows reveals the moral character of His reign.
Sense God's holy habitation
Definition The place associated with God's holy presence.
References Psalm 68:5
Lexicon God's holy habitation
Why it matters God's care for the vulnerable flows from His holy dwelling, not from sentimentality.
Sense solitary, alone
Definition One who is isolated or without household security.
References Psalm 68:6
Lexicon solitary, alone
Why it matters God creates home and belonging for those without support.
Sense bound one, prisoner
Definition Those held in bondage or captivity.
References Psalm 68:6
Lexicon bound one, prisoner
Why it matters God is praised as liberator who brings prisoners out with singing.
Sense to be stubborn, rebellious
Definition Those hardened against God.
References Psalm 68:6
Lexicon to be stubborn, rebellious
Why it matters The psalm contrasts liberation for prisoners with barrenness for the rebellious.
Sense desert, wasteland
Definition A barren place of testing and dependence.
References Psalm 68:7
Lexicon desert, wasteland
Why it matters The wilderness memory frames God's provision and leading.
Sense Sinai, mountain of covenant revelation
Definition The mountain where God manifested His covenant presence.
References Psalm 68:8
Lexicon Sinai, mountain of covenant revelation
Why it matters Psalm 68 roots praise in God's Exodus-Sinai self-disclosure.
Cross-language bridge 2 links · View in lexicon
Sense rain, shower
Definition Provision from God that refreshes and sustains.
References Psalm 68:9
Lexicon rain, shower
Why it matters God revives His weary inheritance by sending abundant rain.
Pastoral Entry
נַחֲלָה (nachalah) is an inheritance, hereditary possession, heritage, or assigned portion. Much of its biblical use concerns tribal land and family holdings, as in Numbers 26 and Joshua. The noun can also describe Israel as the Lord's inheritance, the Lord as the Levites' inheritance, children as a heritage, or another possession assigned within a legal and covenant order.
Numbers 18:20 tells Aaron that he will have no inheritance in Israel's land because the Lord is his portion and inheritance among the people. Deuteronomy 10:9 gives the related Levitical arrangement. This is a specific priestly and tribal provision that depends on the wider support system described in Numbers; it should not be romanticized as landlessness without material support or generalized to every believer's property situation.
Deuteronomy 4:20 and 32:9 describe Israel or Jacob as the Lord's inheritance, while Psalm 33:12 calls the people God chose for his heritage blessed. Psalm 16:6 says the psalmist has a beautiful inheritance, but verse 5 uses other portion and lot terms rather than H5159. These texts support covenant-belonging themes without making inheritance a simple mutual exchange or every possession an unearned entitlement.
Sense inheritance, possession
Definition That which God gives and sustains for His people.
References Psalm 68:9
Lexicon inheritance, possession
Why it matters The people and land are viewed as God's inheritance under His care.
Pastoral Entry
עָנִי (ʿānî) names a person who is afflicted, poor, humble, or lowly. Torah uses the adjective in concrete economic settings. Exodus 22:25 addresses lending to the poor, Leviticus 19:10 protects gleanings for the poor and resident alien, and Deuteronomy 24:14-15 forbids exploiting a poor hired worker and requires prompt wages. The term therefore cannot be reduced to an inward attitude; many occurrences concern actual vulnerability and the obligations of neighbors, employers, courts, and the covenant community.
Prophets expose structures and practices that crush the afflicted. Isaiah 3:14-15 charges leaders with plundering the poor, Isaiah 10:2 condemns decrees that rob them of justice, Amos 8:4 confronts those who trample them, and Ezekiel 16:49 includes failure to strengthen the poor and needy in Sodom's guilt. Jeremiah 22:16 associates knowing the Lord with judging the cause of the poor and needy. Scripture does not treat their pain as useful scenery for someone else's spiritual lesson.
The Psalms give the afflicted speech, lament, hope, and assurance of God's attention. Psalm 34:6 remembers a poor person crying and being heard; Psalm 72:12 expects the king to deliver the needy who cries; Psalm 82:3 commands justice for the poor; and Psalm 140:12 trusts that the Lord maintains their cause. Some passages join lowliness with humble dependence, but H6041 itself does not declare every poor person righteous, explain why suffering occurred, or forbid receiving practical help and seeking justice.
Sense poor, afflicted, humble
Definition Those in need and affliction.
References Psalm 68:10
Lexicon poor, afflicted, humble
Why it matters God's provision is specifically named for the poor.
Sense utterance, word, command
Definition The announcement God gives.
References Psalm 68:11
Lexicon utterance, word, command
Why it matters Victory is proclaimed because the Lord gives the word.
Sense to announce good news, proclaim
Definition To bear news of victory or good tidings.
References Psalm 68:11
Lexicon to announce good news, proclaim
Why it matters The victory given by God becomes public proclamation.
Pastoral Entry
מֶלֶךְ (melek) is the ordinary Hebrew noun for a king or ruler. It names Israelite kings, foreign kings, the promised Davidic king, and the Lord as King, so readers must identify the referent before drawing theological conclusions. Deuteronomy 17 anticipates a king and places him under God's instruction. First Samuel 8 does not declare every human kingship inherently evil; it exposes Israel's demand for a king like the nations and warns how royal power can take people, labor, land, and wealth.
The Psalms proclaim the Lord as King over all the earth and also sing of His anointed ruler. The histories then measure Israel's kings by covenant faithfulness, justice, and dependence on God. Zechariah 9 presents a righteous, humble king whose arrival the Gospels associate with Jesus. The word melek therefore helps teachers distinguish God's unrivaled rule, delegated human authority, failed kingship, and messianic hope without treating any present political leader or nation as the direct fulfillment of Israel's royal promises.
Sense king, ruler
Definition Earthly rulers who flee or later bring tribute before God.
References Psalm 68:12
Lexicon king, ruler
Why it matters Human kings are subordinate to the Lord's kingship.
Cross-language bridge 1 link · View in lexicon
Pastoral Entry
The Hebrew title Shaddai is conventionally rendered the Almighty. Genesis places it in divine appearances, covenant promises, blessing, mercy sought under threat, and the hope of fruitfulness. Exodus recalls God's self-disclosure to the ancestors as God Almighty while distinguishing the unfolding revelation of the covenant name. The title appears frequently in Job, where Job, friends, and later speakers use it in lament, accusation, counsel, and claims about justice.
Ruth places Shaddai on Naomi's lips as she describes bitter loss, while Psalm 91 speaks of dwelling in the Almighty's shadow. Prophets can also join the title to the coming Day of the Lord and judgment. The traditional English rendering emphasizes unrivaled divine power, but the Hebrew title must not be converted into a model for abusive human control or a guarantee that believers avoid grief.
Its precise etymology is uncertain and should not carry doctrinal weight. Responsible teaching reads each speaker and genre carefully, receives covenant mercy and refuge, permits lament, requires kindness toward despairing people, and refuses prosperity formulas, survivor blame, name magic, or claims that a present disaster can be assigned confidently to the Almighty's punishment.
Sense Almighty
Definition A divine title emphasizing God's sovereign power.
References Psalm 68:14
Lexicon Almighty
Why it matters The scattering of kings is attributed to the Almighty.
Cross-language bridge 2 links · View in lexicon
Sense Bashan, region known for height and strength
Definition A region used poetically to contrast impressive mountains with God's chosen mountain.
References Psalm 68:15
Lexicon Bashan, region known for height and strength
Why it matters The psalm shows that God's choice, not visible grandeur, determines sacred significance.
Sense Zion, the chosen mountain/city of God's dwelling
Definition The place God chooses as His dwelling among His people.
References Psalm 68:16
Lexicon Zion, the chosen mountain/city of God's dwelling
Why it matters Zion theology is central to the psalm's sanctuary and kingship movement.
Cross-language bridge 2 links · View in lexicon
Pastoral Entry
H7393 names a vehicle, chariot corps, wagon, cavalry, or in one image the upper millstone. In Exod. 14. 6, Pharaoh prepares his chariot and army to pursue the people he had enslaved. In 1Sam. 8. 12, Samuel warns that a king will conscript people to manufacture weapons and chariot equipment. In Ps. 20. 7, some trust in chariots and horses, but God's people remember the Lord's name.
H7393 opens teaching on military technology, conscription, state display, misplaced security, ordinary transport, and God breaking instruments of war. It does not forbid every vehicle, guarantee military defeat for believers' enemies, or make poor planning a form of faith.
Sense chariotry, vehicle force
Definition Imagery for vast heavenly power accompanying the Lord.
References Psalm 68:17
Lexicon chariotry, vehicle force
Why it matters God's presence is surrounded by countless heavenly hosts, surpassing human armies.
Pastoral Entry
H4720, miqdāš, is a Hebrew noun for a sanctuary, holy place, or something consecrated. It most often names Israel's tabernacle or temple sanctuary, its holy precincts, or objects belonging to sacred service. In a few striking passages, the Lord Himself is called a sanctuary. The noun does not mean that every religious building contains God, that sacred space protects wrongdoing, or that holiness can be possessed by an institution.
The passage must identify whose sanctuary it is, what consecrates it, and how God's presence and covenant judgment relate to it. Exodus 25 gives the foundational purpose: Israel is to make a sanctuary so that the Lord may dwell among them, according to the pattern He provides. The structure serves divine presence; it does not contain or domesticate God. Leviticus commands reverence for His sanctuary alongside Sabbath keeping and covenant holiness.
Reverence is directed to the Lord whose sanctuary it is, not to unchecked human officials or a building's reputation. Psalm 73 describes discernment received upon entering God's sanctuary. The psalmist's struggle over the prosperity of the wicked is reframed by worship and their final end. This is not a promise that entering a religious room bypasses careful thinking.
The sanctuary locates the question within God's reality, judgment, and presence. Lamentations 2 provides the severe counterpoint: the Lord can reject His altar and abandon His sanctuary in judgment. Sacred history does not make a place immune when covenant rebellion persists. Isaiah 8 says the Lord will be a sanctuary and also a stone of stumbling to the houses of Israel.
Ezekiel 11 speaks to displaced people excluded by Jerusalem's residents and promises that God Himself has been a sanctuary for them among the nations. Together these passages refuse to confine access to God within the claims of those controlling land or buildings. They also do not erase the exile setting, the promise of gathering, or the Lord's holiness. Ezekiel 47 envisions water flowing from the sanctuary and sustaining abundant fruit and healing leaves.
The image belongs to a prophetic temple vision. It can nourish Christian hope and canonical reflection, but it must not be converted into a medical cure claim, a commercial product, or a geographic prediction. H4720 therefore opens a theology of holy presence with accountability. God's sanctuary can be revered, entered, defiled, destroyed, restored, or named in relation to God Himself.
Faithful communities honor holy space while remembering that the Holy One protects exiles, judges corrupt worship, and cannot be controlled by those who hold a key.
Sense sanctuary, holy place
Definition The place associated with God's holy presence and worship.
References Psalm 68:17, 24, 35
Lexicon sanctuary, holy place
Why it matters The psalm's triumph resolves in worship before God in His sanctuary.
Pastoral Entry
עָלָה (ʿālāh) is a frequent Hebrew verb for going up, ascending, rising, or causing something to go up. Genesis 2:6 says moisture rose from the earth, Genesis 13:1 says Abram went up from Egypt, and Numbers 13:17 commands the spies to go up through the Negev. Geography and ordinary motion explain many occurrences. Upward movement is not automatically spiritual progress, moral superiority, or entry into God's presence.
The verb also marks significant journeys and worship. Moses goes up to God in Exodus 19:3 and ascends the mountain with Joshua in Exodus 24:13. First Samuel 1:3 says Elkanah went up yearly to worship and sacrifice, Psalm 24:3 asks who may ascend the Lord's hill, and Isaiah 2:3 pictures nations going up to the mountain of the Lord for instruction. These passages connect ascent with encounter and worship because of their destinations and purposes, not because higher elevation is inherently holier.
Causative uses include bringing Israel up from Egypt and offering sacrifice. Exodus 32:1 recalls Moses as the man who brought Israel up from Egypt, Genesis 8:20 says Noah offered burnt offerings, and Deuteronomy 12:13 restricts where burnt offerings may be offered. Second Kings 2:11 says Elijah went up in a whirlwind, a distinctive narrative event. Psalm 68:18's ascent language is later taken up in Ephesians 4:8, while Isaiah 40:31 pictures those waiting for the Lord rising on wings like eagles. These connections deserve close reading but do not make every H5927 ascent a prediction of Christ's ascension or a promise of constant emotional and physical elevation.
Sense to go up, ascend
Definition The movement of victorious ascent.
References Psalm 68:18
Lexicon to go up, ascend
Why it matters Psalm 68:18 becomes a central canonical bridge to Christ's ascension in Ephesians 4.
Pastoral Entry
The Hebrew noun sheviy names captivity, a captive person or group, or what has been taken. Biblical scenes use it for prisoners seized in attack, families living under the consequences of national defeat, exiles longing for return, and even objects carried away as spoil. The noun describes a condition or its human occupants; it does not make the captive responsible for the captor's violence.
Lamentations names children led away while the speaker also confesses Jerusalem's rebellion, so communal theological interpretation must not erase the suffering or agency of particular victims. Isaiah announces both tyrannical captivity and the Lord's promise to contend for captives and save children. The same book calls captive Zion to rise and remove her chains, but that prophetic summons must not become blame toward people who cannot free themselves.
Nehemiah's returned community shows that release is followed by rebuilding, worship, memory, and shared life rather than instant recovery. Responsible teaching names the captor, the captive, the violence or judgment described, and the text's movement toward lament, release, or return. It protects displaced people from stigma and treats restoration as a sustained work of safety, belonging, justice, and care.
Sense captivity, captives
Definition Those taken in triumphal victory.
References Psalm 68:18
Lexicon captivity, captives
Why it matters Captivity imagery is part of the psalm's victory-ascent pattern used in Ephesians 4.
Sense gift, present
Definition Tribute or gifts associated with the victorious ascent.
References Psalm 68:18
Lexicon gift, present
Why it matters Paul's use of Psalm 68 connects the triumphal gift motif to Christ's gifts to the church.
Pastoral Entry
H7931 is a Hebrew verb for dwelling, settling, remaining, or causing someone or something to dwell. Exodus 25:8 joins Israel's sanctuary work to the Lord's gracious purpose to dwell among His people. Exodus 29:45 repeats that covenant presence, while Psalm 15:1 asks who may dwell on the Lord's holy mountain and answers in terms of truthful, just life. Isaiah 57:15 holds transcendence and nearness together: the high and exalted One also dwells with the contrite and lowly.
The verb can also describe people settling in land, remaining in a place, inhabiting a city, or the presence of glory. It does not guarantee safety, moral approval, ownership, permanence, or divine indwelling in every occurrence. H7931 helps teachers distinguish location from belonging and God's promised presence from human attempts to possess, manipulate, or exclude Him.
Sense to dwell, settle, reside
Definition God's presence among His people.
References Psalm 68:18
Lexicon to dwell, settle, reside
Why it matters The goal of triumph is not distance but God's dwelling among His people.
Pastoral Entry
יְשׁוּעָה (yeshuah) is a Hebrew feminine noun for salvation, deliverance, victory, or help. It belongs to the H3467 yasha root family, which also stands behind Hebrew personal names such as Yeshua and Yehoshua. The local Hebrew index currently counts about 77 H3444 uses, with notable examples in Genesis, Exodus, Psalms, and Isaiah.
Genesis 49:18 says, 'I await Your salvation, O Lord.' This earlier occurrence prevents Exodus 15:2 from being called the noun's first use, while the Song of the Sea remains a major corporate salvation song: 'The Lord is my strength and my song, and He has become my salvation.' Isaiah 12:2 later reuses that song language in a new prophetic setting.
Psalm 3:8 declares that salvation belongs to the Lord and asks for blessing on his people. The statement locates deliverance with God in that crisis, but the preposition should not be pressed into a metaphysical claim that human instruments or faithful responses are irrelevant.
Psalm 62:1 says that the psalmist's salvation comes from God while the soul waits in silence. The psalm contrasts trust in God with unreliable human power and wealth; it does not require the claim that every other form of creaturely help is false in every circumstance.
Isaiah 49:6 speaks of God's salvation reaching the end of the earth through the Servant's mission, and Isaiah 52:10 says that all the ends of the earth will see the salvation of Israel's God. Acts 13:47 later quotes Isaiah 49:6 within apostolic mission, providing an explicit canonical reuse without erasing the Servant passage's Israel-centered setting.
Matthew 1:21 connects the name Jesus with his mission to save his people from their sins, and Luke 2:30 calls the child God's salvation. These texts support a canonical name-and-mission connection through the shared saving root family. They do not make H3444 the direct lexical form of the name or turn every OT deliverance occurrence into a prediction of Jesus.
For the preacher, יְשׁוּעָה (yeshuah) traces divine rescue through prayer, song, national deliverance, and prophetic hope. Its scope must be governed by each passage before the wider canonical salvation theme is drawn.
Sense salvation, deliverance
Definition Rescue belonging to God.
References Psalm 68:19-20
Lexicon salvation, deliverance
Why it matters The Lord is praised as the God of salvation who gives escape from death.
Sense to load, carry, bear
Definition God's daily carrying of His people.
References Psalm 68:19
Lexicon to load, carry, bear
Why it matters The psalm holds majestic triumph together with intimate sustaining grace.
Pastoral Entry
מָוֶת (māwet) is the Hebrew noun for death. Depending on context, it can name the event or state of death, mortal danger, a death-dealing condition, or death portrayed as a power. It is closely related to H4191 מוּת, the verb for dying, but the two Strong's identities must not be merged. Genesis 2:17 uses the H4191 verb, not H4194.
Deuteronomy 30:15 places life and good opposite death and evil within Moses' covenant appeal. Proverbs 14:12 warns that a way which appears right can end in ways of death. These passages make death part of a moral and covenant contrast, but H4194 does not mean spiritual separation in every occurrence and does not prove that each individual death results from one identifiable personal sin.
Psalm 116:15 says that the death of the Lord's faithful ones is precious or costly in his sight. In a psalm of deliverance from mortal danger, the statement underscores the weight of their deaths before the Lord. It should not be used to claim that God prefers early death, that grief is misplaced, or that the verse removes death's painful character.
Isaiah 25:8 promises that the Lord will swallow up death forever. Paul explicitly cites that promise in 1 Corinthians 15:54. Hosea 13:14 also addresses death and Sheol, but the Hebrew questions can be read as summoning their plagues in judgment rather than simply taunting defeated enemies. Paul's use in 1 Corinthians 15:55 gives the lines a resurrection-victory role in his argument without erasing the difficulty of Hosea's immediate context.
Sense death
Definition The ultimate human enemy from which God grants escape.
References Psalm 68:20
Lexicon death
Why it matters The confession that escapes from death belong to God prepares resurrection-shaped gospel hope.
Pastoral Entry
רֹאשׁ (rosh) most basically names the head of a person or animal, and it extends to the top of an object or place, the beginning of a period, the first position, a chief or leader, and an individual counted in a group. Mountain tops emerge after the flood, a river divides from its head or source, oil is poured on Aaron's head, and a census can count persons by head. These uses share ideas of physical location, sequence, prominence, or representation, but context decides which idea is active.
Leadership uses are real but limited by their passages. Moses appoints capable people as heads over groups in Exodus 18 and Deuteronomy 1, while Isaiah can call an elder the head in an image of corrupt social order. The noun does not by itself authorize a modern church office, male supremacy, unchecked control, or immunity from accountability. A leader named as a head remains responsible to God's justice and to the duties stated in that setting.
Psalm 118:22 says the stone rejected by builders became the head of the corner. Its later canonical use is important, yet that use should not make every occurrence of rosh a prediction about Christ. Likewise, the promise that Israel will be head and not tail in Deuteronomy 28 belongs to a covenant blessing and curse address; it is not an individual guarantee of wealth, promotion, or dominance.
Sense head, chief, top
Definition Symbol of enemy power and pride.
References Psalm 68:21
Lexicon head, chief, top
Why it matters God's crushing of the enemy's head signals decisive judgment over rebellion.
Sense going, procession
Definition The movement of God and His people in worship.
References Psalm 68:24
Lexicon going, procession
Why it matters The psalm portrays God's triumph as entering the sanctuary in public praise.
Sense assembly, congregation
Definition The gathered worshiping community.
References Psalm 68:26
Lexicon assembly, congregation
Why it matters God's victory is celebrated in congregational worship, not merely private reflection.
Pastoral Entry
עֹז (ʿōz) is a Hebrew noun for strength, might, power, or firm security. In Exodus 15:2 Israel sings that the Lord is “my strength and song” after deliverance through the sea, and verse 13 says God guides the redeemed people by his strength. Psalm 28:7 calls the Lord the psalmist's strength and shield, Psalm 46:1 calls God refuge and strength, and Jeremiah 16:19 addresses the Lord as strength, stronghold, and refuge. These uses locate security in God's active presence rather than in a human feeling of invulnerability.
Strength can also be human, received, or broken. Judges 5:21 summons the self to march in strength, and Second Samuel 6:14 says David dances before the Lord with all his strength. Leviticus 26:19 warns that God will break the pride of Israel's strength under covenant judgment. Psalm 68:35 says God gives strength and power to his people, while Psalm 84:5 blesses those whose strength is in God. Human capacity is not inherently suspect, but Scripture treats it as accountable, limited, and dependent rather than self-grounding.
Worship texts ascribe strength to God. Psalm 29:1 calls heavenly beings to ascribe glory and strength to the Lord, Psalm 62:11 says power belongs to God, and Psalm 96:6 places strength and beauty in his sanctuary. Psalm 8:2 says God establishes strength from the mouths of infants and nursing children; the Greek translation renders this as praise, a wording later quoted in Matthew 21:16. That canonical relationship is important, but it does not make praise the default lexical gloss of H5797 in every Hebrew passage.
Sense strength, might
Definition Power belonging to God and given to His people.
References Psalm 68:28, 35
Lexicon strength, might
Why it matters The chapter ends by praising God as the giver of power and strength to His people.
Sense to rebuke, threaten
Definition God's authoritative correction or judgment against hostile powers.
References Psalm 68:30
Lexicon to rebuke, threaten
Why it matters God rebukes nations that delight in war.
Pastoral Entry
גּוֹי is the standard Hebrew word for a nation — a people defined by shared territory, descent, social identity, and often by the gods they serve. In its most basic sense, the word simply means a body of people constituted as a distinct political and ethnic entity. But in the theology of the Hebrew Bible, גּוֹי does not remain neutral for long. Once Israel is constituted at Sinai as YHWH's own people, the word acquires a relational charge. The nations — הַגּוֹיִם — are the peoples who stand outside the covenant, who do not know YHWH by name, who build their lives around other gods, and whose practices are held up as the anti-pattern to which Israel must not conform.
This is not a word about ethnic inferiority. The Bible shows YHWH as the God who made every nation, set their boundaries, and governs their histories (Deuteronomy 32:8; Acts 17:26). The selected canonical texts keep the nations within God's care and sovereign reach. They appear in the Abrahamic promise as the very ones through whom blessing will flow. Abraham is called so that all the families of the earth might be blessed through him — and the nations are that "all." The word גּוֹי, then, carries both a shadow and a promise within it.
In prophetic literature, the nations become the instrument of YHWH's judgment against unfaithful Israel and, at the same time, the recipients of YHWH's future grace. Isaiah's servant passages and the great eschatological oracles envision the nations streaming to Zion, hearing the word of the Lord, being gathered in. גּוֹי is the Hebrew word standing behind the Gentile question that runs through the whole New Testament — not as a solved problem but as the New Testament's reading of the Abrahamic promise and the prophetic hope.
Pastorally, this word refuses to be domesticated. It will not let Israel — or any covenant people — forget that God's purposes are not tribal. It will not let the nations be reduced to a backdrop for Israel's story. They are the audience, the beneficiary, and in the end the co-heirs of the promise that launched everything with Abraham. A congregation that encounters גּוֹי is encountering the scope of the gospel before the gospel is named.
Sense nation, people group
Definition The peoples beyond Israel.
References Psalm 68:30, 32
Lexicon nation, people group
Why it matters The psalm moves toward the nations being rebuked, summoned, and drawn into praise.
Pastoral Entry
H4467, mamlāḵāh, is a Hebrew noun for a kingdom, realm, kingship, or governed political order. It may point to territory under a ruler, the people and institutions ordered within that rule, the royal administration itself, or the kingdom as a continuing corporate reality. Genesis can locate the beginnings of a human kingdom in named cities. Kings and Chronicles can describe a kingdom transferred, divided, established, invaded, or compared with neighboring kingdoms. The prophets address kingdoms as accountable historical communities that God may uproot, rebuild, judge, or reunite. Context decides whether the emphasis is land, population, government, dynasty, or the whole realm held together under rule.
The word acquires unusual covenant weight in Exodus 19, where Israel is called to be a kingdom of priests and a holy nation. Here mamlāḵāh is not merely a border or royal bureaucracy. It describes a people brought to God, ordered for holy service, and given a priestly vocation among the nations. Deuteronomy refuses to place Israel's king above instruction: when seated on the royal throne, he must copy and continually read the Law. The Davidic promise then speaks of a house and kingdom established before God, while Isaiah announces a ruler whose kingdom is sustained with justice and righteousness. Kingdom language therefore joins people, place, authority, worship, law, promise, and public righteousness without making any one feature the whole meaning.
H4467 also keeps earthly kingdoms under the Lord's ownership and judgment. David confesses that the kingdom belongs to God because everything in heaven and earth is His. Jeremiah's potter oracle can speak of a nation or kingdom being torn down or built up in response to God's declared purpose and the people's response. Ezekiel promises that divided Israel will become one nation and no longer two kingdoms under rival rule. Pastoral teaching should therefore resist reducing kingdom to private spirituality, a political slogan, territorial expansion, or institutional control. The noun does not authorize Christians to identify a modern state, party, empire, or church organization with God's reign. It helps readers see that biblical kingdom includes a ruled people and public order, yet its theological fulfillment depends on God's covenant promises and the just Davidic King rather than on the power of the word itself.
Sense kingdom, dominion, realm
Definition Political peoples summoned to praise God.
References Psalm 68:32
Lexicon kingdom, dominion, realm
Why it matters The psalm's final praise horizon is universal: the kingdoms of the earth must sing to God.
Pastoral Entry
שָׁמַיִם (shamayim) is the Hebrew noun commonly rendered heavens or sky. It can refer to the visible expanse where birds fly and weather occurs, the region of sun, moon, and stars, the created heavens paired with earth, or the heavenly realm from which God rules and hears. Ancient texts can move among these senses without drawing the modern boundaries of atmosphere, outer space, and nonmaterial realm. Context and genre determine which aspect is foregrounded.
Genesis says God created the heavens and earth and called the expanse heavens. Deuteronomy forbids worship of the heavenly bodies and declares that even the highest heavens belong to God. Solomon says heaven and the highest heaven cannot contain God, while Psalms describe God's throne in heaven and the heavens declaring God's glory. These texts affirm creation and divine transcendence without locating God as one object inside the physical universe.
Weather, vision, poetry, temple prayer, apocalyptic imagery, and new-heavens promises use heaven language differently. Readers should neither force ancient phenomenological descriptions into modern scientific models nor dismiss their theological claims because their imagery is ancient. Isaiah's new heavens and new earth opens a canonical hope for renewed creation; it should not be used to encourage neglect of the present earth or to settle every question about continuity and transformation.
Sense heavens, sky
Definition The realm through which God is poetically portrayed as riding.
References Psalm 68:33
Lexicon heavens, sky
Why it matters God's cosmic majesty frames His rule over nations and His strength for His people.
Pastoral Entry
קוֹל (qol) means voice, sound, or noise. It can name human speech, weeping, shouting, proclamation, singing, thunder, animal sound, battle noise, or a report. Genesis 45:2 describes Joseph's loud weeping, Exodus 32:17-18 requires Moses to distinguish battle noise from singing, and Psalm 19:3 uses voice language while reflecting on speech without audible words. The noun identifies what is heard or expressed; it does not tell the hearer whether a message is true.
The phrase voice of the Lord appears in covenant and theophany settings. Deuteronomy 4:12 emphasizes that Israel heard the sound of words but saw no form, Psalm 29 portrays the Lord's voice over the waters, and prophets receive and announce divine speech. In many hear-my-voice constructions, hearing includes responsive obedience. Yet H6963 by itself does not authenticate a private impression, natural sound, institutional order, or claimed prophecy as God's voice. Content, source, canonical agreement, and tested fruit remain necessary.
Voices and cries also carry moral weight. Abel's blood cries from the ground in Genesis 4:10, God hears the boy in Genesis 21:17 and Israel's affliction in Deuteronomy 26:7, Rachel's lament is heard in Jeremiah 31:15, and Leviticus 5:1 addresses a witness who hears a public call and withholds testimony. These texts support attention to suffering and truthful witness without making volume the measure of truth. Silence can come from fear, coercion, disability, or exclusion and must not be treated as consent.
Sense voice, sound
Definition The powerful sound of God's speech or thunderous command.
References Psalm 68:33
Lexicon voice, sound
Why it matters God's mighty voice underscores His sovereign majesty.
Cross-language bridge 2 links · View in lexicon
Sense majesty, exaltation, splendor
Definition The exalted splendor belonging to God.
References Psalm 68:34
Lexicon majesty, exaltation, splendor
Why it matters The psalm declares God's majesty over Israel and His power in the skies.
Pastoral Entry
יָרֵא (yare) is the Hebrew verb for fearing, being afraid, or standing in reverence. Its sense depends on the object and setting: it can describe ordinary fear, dread before danger, or reverent fear of God. The local Hebrew index currently counts about 329 H3372 occurrences in the OT.
Genesis 22:12 uses the verb when the angel tells Abraham, 'now I know that you fear God, since you have not withheld your son, your only son, from me.' In this scene Abraham's fear of God is demonstrated through costly obedience during the test. The verse does not reduce fear of God to this single action, but it joins reverence and obedience closely.
Deuteronomy 10:12 places fearing the Lord alongside walking in his ways, loving him, serving him wholeheartedly, and keeping his commands. The verb therefore belongs within a full covenant response rather than functioning as a synonym for panic.
Psalm 130:4 uses a passive form of the verb in the confession, 'with you there is forgiveness, so that you may be feared.' Forgiveness does not make reverence unnecessary; in the psalm it provides a reason for God's people to stand in awe of him and hope in his word.
The related noun יִרְאָה (yirah, H3374) carries the fear-of-the-Lord formula in wisdom texts such as Proverbs 1:7 and 9:10. Those related forms illuminate this verb, but they remain distinct lexical identities.
For the preacher, יָרֵא helps distinguish disabling dread from the reverent fear of God that expresses itself in trust and obedience, while allowing each passage to determine the precise sense.
Sense fearsome, awe-inspiring
Definition The reverent fear evoked by God's holy majesty.
References Psalm 68:35
Lexicon fearsome, awe-inspiring
Why it matters The psalm ends by declaring God awesome in His sanctuary.
Pastoral Entry
עַם (ʿam) is a high-frequency Hebrew noun for a people, kinspeople, community, nation, congregation, or body of troops. Genesis 11:6 describes Babel's builders as one people with one language, and Genesis 17:14 speaks of a person cut off from kinspeople. The word treats persons collectively but does not define a people by biology alone. Shared ancestry, land, rule, worship, covenant, history, or circumstance can shape the group in a given passage.
Exodus turns people-language into a contested identity. Pharaoh calls Israel a numerous and powerful people in Exodus 1:9 as he prepares oppression. God calls them “my people” in Exodus 3:7, and Exodus 6:7 promises, “I will take you as my people, and I will be your God.” At Sinai, Israel is chosen from among all peoples for covenant vocation. This belonging is gracious and demanding: the golden-calf narrative can immediately describe the people as corrupted, and Torah commands truth, justice, holiness, and care within the community. Election is not proof of ethnic superiority or exemption from judgment.
Poetry and prophecy keep Israel's identity in relation to the peoples. Psalm 67 calls all peoples to praise God, while Psalm 100 names the worshipers God's people and sheep. Hosea 1:9 announces “not my people” as covenant judgment, and Hosea 2:23 promises renewed “my people” language. Isaiah 40:1 speaks comfort to “my people,” and Isaiah 51:16 renews the covenant declaration. Later Jewish and Christian readers receive these texts in complex discussions of Israel and the nations; H5971 alone does not authorize replacement theology, racial nationalism, or the erasure of Israel's historical covenant identity.
Sense people
Definition God's covenant people whom He strengthens.
References Psalm 68:35
Lexicon people
Why it matters The final blessing names God as the one who gives strength to His people.
Cross-language bridge 1 link · View in lexicon
Pastoral Entry
בָּרַךְ is the verb that moves broadly through the Old Testament when God speaks favor over creation, names a people for himself, or stoops to make something flourish. It carries the sense of endowing with life-giving power and divine favor — not as a vague spiritual feeling but as a concrete declaration that binds heaven and earth together. When God blesses, something is set on a trajectory of fruitfulness, abundance, and alignment with his purposes. When a human being blesses God, the direction reverses but the weight is equal: to bless God is to kneel before him in adoration, acknowledging that goodness descends from him.
The BDB root-gloss 'to kneel' is worth holding. Behind the word lies a posture of submission and reverence. Whether the movement is God bowing down toward creation in generative mercy, a patriarchal father pronouncing favor over sons, a priest raising his hands over an assembled people, or a psalmist summoning his soul to recall every benefit — the word carries weight. Blessing is not flattery. It is not a mere wish. It is a speech-act that invites the named person or thing into the sphere of God's favor and protection.
Pastorally, בָּרַךְ resists reduction. It covers the cosmic scope of creation being sent into fruitfulness (Gen 1:22), the covenant specificity of Abraham being chosen and made a channel of blessing to all nations (Gen 12:2), the priestly formality of the Aaronic blessing pronounced over assembled Israel (Num 6:24), the liturgical movement of the Psalms where the soul blesses God by rehearsing his acts, and the prophetic hope that the offspring of God's servant people will be known among the nations as those whom the Lord has blessed (Isa 61:9). The word binds creation, covenant, priesthood, worship, and eschatology into a single thread.
Sense blessed, praised
Definition Praise directed to God for who He is and what He gives.
References Psalm 68:35
Lexicon blessed, praised
Why it matters The psalm's theology culminates in blessing the God who gives strength and power.
Lexicon data: MorphGNT Strong's Dictionary XML (CC0) · Open Scriptures Hebrew Bible (CC BY 4.0) · Open Scriptures Hebrew Lexicon (CC BY 4.0) · STEPBible Data (CC BY 4.0) · Full details
| v.10 | H5130נוּףHiphil · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.11 | H3427יָשַׁבQal · Perfect · IndicativeH3559כּוּןHiphil · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.12 | H5414נָתַןQal · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.13 | H2505חָלַקPiel · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.14 | H2645חָפָהNiphal · Participle |
| v.15 | H7949שָׁלַגHiphil · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.17 | H2530חָמַדQal · Perfect · IndicativeH7931שָׁכַןQal · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.19 | H5927עָלָהQal · Perfect · IndicativeH7617שָׁבָהQal · Perfect · IndicativeH3947לָקַחQal · Perfect · IndicativeH5637סָרַרQal · Participle |
| v.2 | H6965קוּםQal · Imperfect · Indicative/jussiveH6327פּוּץQal · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.20 | H1288בָּרַךְQal · Participle passiveH6006עָמַסQal · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.22 | H4272מָחַץQal · Imperfect · Indicative/jussiveH1980הָלַךְHithpael · Participle |
| v.23 | H559אָמַרQal · Perfect · IndicativeH7725שׁוּבHiphil · Imperfect · Indicative/cohortativeH7725שׁוּבHiphil · Imperfect · Indicative/cohortative |
| v.24 | H4272מָחַץQal · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.25 | H7200רָאָהQal · Perfect · Indicative |
| v.26 | H6923קָדַםPiel · Perfect · IndicativeH7891שִׁירQal · ParticipleH5059נָגַןQal · ParticipleH8608תָּפַףQal · Participle |
| v.27 | H1288בָּרַךְPiel · Imperative · Imperative |
| v.29 | H6680צָוָהPiel · Perfect · IndicativeH6466פָּעַלQal · Perfect · Indicative |
| v.3 | H5086נָדַףQal · Imperfect · Indicative/jussiveH6אָבַדQal · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.30 | H2986יָבַלHiphil · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.31 | H1605גָּעַרQal · Imperative · ImperativeH7511רָפַסHithpael · ParticipleH967בָּזַרPiel · Perfect · IndicativeH2654חָפֵץQal · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.32 | H857אָתָהQal · Imperfect · Indicative/jussiveH7323רוּץHiphil · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.33 | H7891שִׁירQal · Imperative · ImperativeH2167זָמַרPiel · Imperative · Imperative |
| v.34 | H5414נָתַןQal · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.35 | H5414נָתַןQal · Imperative · Imperative |
| v.36 | H3372יָרֵאNiphal · ParticipleH5414נָתַןQal · ParticipleH1288בָּרַךְQal · Participle passive |
| v.4 | H8055שָׂמַחQal · Imperfect · Indicative/jussiveH5970עָלַץQal · Imperfect · Indicative/jussive |
| v.5 | H7891שִׁירQal · Imperative · ImperativeH2167זָמַרPiel · Imperative · ImperativeH5549סָלַלQal · Imperative · Imperative |
| v.7 | H3427יָשַׁבHiphil · ParticipleH3318יָצָאHiphil · ParticipleH5637סָרַרQal · ParticipleH7931שָׁכַןQal · Perfect · Indicative |
| v.9 | H7493רָעַשׁQal · Perfect · IndicativeH5197נָטַףQal · Perfect · Indicative |
Aspect in Hebrew is grammatical form, not tense. Perfect = completed action; Imperfect = incomplete/ongoing. Stem modifies action type (Qal=simple, Niphal=passive, Piel=intensive).
Morphology: OSHB WLC (Open Scriptures, CC BY 4.0) · STEPBible TEHMC (Tyndale House, CC BY 4.0)
Theological Argument
Psalm 68 argues that the Lord's kingship is displayed in both victory and mercy. He defeats enemies, shelters the weak, leads His people through history, chooses His dwelling, ascends in triumph, receives tribute, bears His people daily, and summons the nations to praise. Divine power is therefore not abstract domination but covenantal salvation that creates worship.
From scattered enemies and joyful righteous worship, to merciful care and wilderness remembrance, to Zion enthronement and ascension, to global praise and strength for God's people.
- 1.God's arising divides humanity into enemies who scatter and righteous people who rejoice.
- 2.God's heavenly majesty is inseparable from His justice and compassion toward the vulnerable.
- 3.Israel's history proves that God personally leads, provides, and gives victory.
- 4.God's chosen dwelling in Zion and triumphant ascent reveal His royal presence among His people.
- 5.The God who reigns in triumph also daily bears His people's burdens and saves from death.
- 6.Persistent rebellion will not survive the judgment of the victorious God.
- 7.The proper response to God's reign is public, ordered, congregational praise.
- 8.The LORD's victory reaches beyond Israel toward international homage and worldwide praise.
Theological Focus
- Divine warrior kingship
- Covenant care for the vulnerable
- Divine presence and Zion
- Ascension and victory
- Daily sustaining grace
- Missionary horizon
- Doctrine of God
- Providence
- Judgment
- Mercy and compassion
- Christ's ascension
- Ecclesiology
- Mission
- Resurrection hope
Covenant Significance
Psalm 68 gathers covenant memory and covenant hope into worship. The God of Sinai, wilderness provision, land inheritance, Zion dwelling, Davidic praise, and worldwide homage is the same Lord who bears His people and summons the nations.
- Exodus-Sinai memory - God's march before His people and the shaking of Sinai recall covenant formation and divine presence.
- Land and inheritance - The rain, provision, and settled inheritance show God's covenant faithfulness to sustain His people in the place He gives.
- Zion and worship - God's choice of Zion gives the covenant community a worship center where victory, presence, and praise converge.
- Davidic and messianic horizon - As a Davidic psalm, the royal and triumphal patterns move canonically toward the exalted Son of David.
- Nations and Abrahamic promise - The summons to all kingdoms and the approach of distant nations echo the promise that blessing through God's covenant purposes will reach the nations.
Canonical Connections
Psalm 68:1 echoes the wilderness ark-march cry for the Lord to arise and scatter His enemies.
Psalm 68 recalls Sinai's shaking and divine presence as part of Israel's covenant memory.
Deborah's song and Psalm 68 share divine-warrior imagery of the Lord marching from Sinai and the earth trembling before Him.
Both psalms portray the Lord's dramatic intervention for His servant with cosmic imagery and saving power.
Psalm 47 and Psalm 68 both summon praise to the King whose reign extends over all the earth.
Psalm 46 and Psalm 68 share confidence that God's presence, strength, and rule overcome hostile powers.
Psalm 68's nations-praise horizon is continued in the royal hope that all nations will be blessed and God's glory fill the earth.
Isaiah's good-news proclamation of the reigning God who comes with might and shepherds His people resonates with Psalm 68's victory and care.
The announcement of God's reign and the nations seeing salvation develops the praise-and-victory horizon of Psalm 68.
Paul applies Psalm 68:18 to Christ's ascension and His giving of gifts to build His people.
Christ's triumph over hostile powers provides gospel resolution to the divine-warrior victory pattern of Psalm 68.
Psalm 68's confession that escape from death belongs to God is fulfilled in Christ's defeat of death and liberation of those held in fear.
The worldwide praise of Psalm 68 reaches eschatological fullness as every creature praises the Lamb and the One on the throne.
The final appearing of the victorious King brings the divine-warrior judgment trajectory of Psalm 68 into consummate focus.
Psalm 68's theme of God dwelling among His people moves canonically toward the final dwelling of God with His redeemed people.
Canon-Wide Connections
Cross-reference data: OpenBible.info (CC BY 4.0)
Psalm 68 announces good news by showing that salvation belongs to the God who rises, reigns, bears His people, gives escape from death, and brings the nations into praise. In the fuller canon, the ascended Christ is the victorious Lord who has conquered through His death and resurrection and now gives gifts to build His people until all nations behold God's glory.
- God saves before His people praise - The psalm grounds worship in God's prior acts of deliverance, provision, and victory.
- The Lord bears burdens daily - Salvation includes ongoing sustaining grace, not merely a past rescue.
- Escape from death belongs to God - The psalm's salvation language reaches its full gospel clarity in the resurrection victory of Christ.
- The ascended Christ gives gifts - Ephesians 4 shows that Christ's triumph results in gifts for the church's maturity and mission.
- The nations are summoned to praise - The psalm's worldwide summons coheres with the gospel mission to all peoples.
- Do not make the gospel clarity merely therapeutic · the psalm deals with enemies, judgment, death, worship, and divine victory.
- Do not detach Ephesians 4 from the psalm's original divine-warrior and triumphal framework.
- Do not turn God's daily burden-bearing into a promise of ease · the psalm assumes conflict while declaring God's sustaining strength.
Primary Emphasis
Psalm 68 contributes directly to the New Testament's presentation of Christ's victorious ascension. Ephesians 4 uses Psalm 68:18 to speak of the ascended Christ who triumphs and gives gifts to His people. The psalm's divine-warrior, Zion, ascent, captivity, gifts, and people-strengthening themes converge canonically in the risen and exalted Lord.
Chapter Contribution
Psalm 68 argues that the Lord's kingship is displayed in both victory and mercy. He defeats enemies, shelters the weak, leads His people through history, chooses His dwelling, ascends in triumph, receives tribute, bears His people daily, and summons the nations to praise. Divine power is therefore not abstract domination but covenantal salvation that creates worship.
Dove, silver, gold, and snow imagery portray transformed aftermath.
The community responds to sustaining salvation by blessing Adonai.
God actively prepares what is needed for afflicted and needy people.
Jesus embodies God's royal presence and gathers worshipers near.
The gospel identifies Christ as the true bread and sustaining presence of His people.
The New Testament explicitly applies the victorious ascent to the exalted Christ.
Jesus bears sin and welcomes the burdened into His rest.
The risen Jesus is enthroned above every ruler and authority.
Jesus rules above every political and spiritual power.
The risen Christ defeats enslaving powers and forms a household that practices care.
Jesus triumphs over sin, death, and hostile powers through cross and resurrection.
The risen Christ holds death's keys and destroys death's final claim.
The cross and resurrection disarm hostile rulers and authorities.
Spoil is divided rather than monopolized by elite warriors.
Worship is not restricted to priests, rulers, or professional musicians.
God's people are pictured as a flock or living community dwelling in His provision.
Victory's benefits extend beyond combatants to the wider household.
The gathered assemblies bless God together.
Israel's source and tribes locate worship within the covenant people.
God preserves and restores the inheritance entrusted to His people.
Sinai identifies the appearing God as the God of Israel.
Earth and heavens respond to the Creator's presence and provision.
God's care is confessed as day-by-day action rather than occasional intervention.
God carries, sustains, or loads for His people in their daily need.
God's desire, not natural grandeur, establishes the chosen dwelling.
The ancient-heavens language points to God's primordial and enduring rule.
Provision for the vulnerable flows from God's own goodness.
God's holy dwelling is inseparable from just and compassionate action.
The exalted God chooses to dwell within the sanctuary and among His people.
God scatters rebels and causes entrenched wickedness to perish.
God rises and exercises sovereign rule over enemies, worshipers, and vulnerable people.
The covenant community is led through wilderness by God rather than self-direction.
God's exalted splendor is revealed over Israel.
The procession makes God's covenant presence liturgically visible without depicting His essence.
The community appeals to what God has already accomplished and asks for its completion.
God Himself is identified as the community's salvation.
The Lord gives the word and determines the victory.
God commands, displays, and confirms strength for His saving purposes.
No created mountain or military host can contain or rival God.
Wicked opposition cannot remain stable before God's presence.
God makes His power known through a mighty voice.
Sight, sound, movement, voice, and instruments participate in worship.
God gives strength and power rather than merely demanding them.
Every creature will ascribe power, honor, glory, and blessing to God and the Lamb.
The final city receives the glory and worship of nations and kings.
The tribal assembly anticipates multinational worship of the Lamb.
God reveals paternal care toward those deprived of human protection.
Christ reigns until every hostile power is placed beneath His feet.
The gospel gathers distant peoples without erasing their identities.
The church announces a victory accomplished by God in Christ.
Gifts are received from the Victor and used to build others rather than magnify self.
The fruits of Christ's victory are distributed throughout His household.
Countless chariots portray God's immeasurable royal and warrior retinue.
God's presence sanctifies the chosen place rather than receiving holiness from it.
God opposes isolating abandonment and creates settings of home and community.
Outstretched hands portray need, appeal, submission, or praise before God.
Neither highland nor sea depth lies outside God's reach.
Kings of armies flee when confronted by divine action.
Stubborn resistance to God is contrasted with joyful worship and flourishing.
God acts as judge and defender for women exposed to social vulnerability.
God brings prisoners from confinement toward freedom and well-being.
The plural salvations portrays repeated and varied acts of rescue.
Egypt and Cush lie within the horizon of worship.
Silver-centered power and tribute-seeking domination fall under judgment.
Nations delighting in war are scattered rather than celebrated.
Singers, musicians, and tambourine players occupy coordinated places.
God's kingdom confronts delight in conflict and moves nations toward worship.
The condemned enemy is characterized by ongoing movement in guilt.
Difficult images communicate truth without exhaustive literal reconstruction.
God's royal government attends to embodied social need.
God's works are announced openly by a large heralding company.
God's people entrust judgment to Him rather than claiming private violent authority.
Princes appear within the worshiping community rather than above it.
What languishes can be established again by divine action.
Divine sovereignty over death opens the canonical horizon toward bodily resurrection.
Divine justice gives the righteous reason for gladness and exultation.
The holy place functions as the destination of the royal procession.
The holy presence revealed at Sinai remains continuous with sanctuary worship.
Every exit from death belongs to Yahweh Adonai.
The ascended Christ gives power for testimony to the ends of the earth.
The ascended Christ gives gifts for the church's ministry and maturity.
Jerusalem's sanctuary signifies God's royal presence among His people.
Believers gather through Christ as God's worshiping people.
Christ forms a people in whom God dwells by the Spirit.
God's presence now dwells among a people formed in Christ by the Spirit.
Yah identifies the covenant God who rides and receives praise.
Elohim and Adonai center the congregation's blessing.
The decisive message originates with God before it is proclaimed.
Creation reacts visibly to God's holy appearing at Sinai.
The victorious Lord receives gifts acknowledging His authority.
Rulers acknowledge divine authority by bringing gifts.
Distinct tribes gather around one God and one sanctuary.
All nations and kingdoms are accountable to and summoned by the risen Lord.
Every kingdom of the earth is summoned to sing to God.
Sinai trembling anticipates the final kingdom received through Jesus.
Captives and rebels are brought beneath God's rule.
The oppressed may entrust complete reversal to God's justice.
Young women with tambourines are visibly integrated into the procession.
The righteous sing, praise, rejoice, and prepare the way before God.
The people receive power and return blessing to its Giver.
God is majestic, holy, victorious, compassionate, present, and sovereign over history, death, enemies, and nations.
God leads, provides, gives victory, bears burdens daily, and strengthens His people.
God scatters enemies, rebukes hostile powers, and crushes hardened rebellion.
God's reign includes special care for the fatherless, widows, lonely, prisoners, and poor.
Psalm 68:18 is applied in Ephesians 4 to Christ's victorious ascent and His giving of gifts to the church.
The ascended Christ gives gifts that build and strengthen His people, and the congregation is formed through public praise.
The kingdoms of the earth are summoned to sing to God, anticipating worldwide praise.
The confession that escape from death belongs to God finds its fullest clarity in Christ's resurrection victory.
Theological exposition and fulfillment
- Psalm 68 forms a people who are unashamed to sing of God's victory, tender toward the vulnerable, historically rooted in God's saving acts, confident in His daily sustaining care, and missionally oriented toward the praise of all nations.
Psalm 68 forms a people who are unashamed to sing of God's victory, tender toward the vulnerable, historically rooted in God's saving acts, confident in His daily sustaining care, and missionally oriented toward the praise of all nations.
- Remember specific deliverances God has already given.
- Pray for the vulnerable by name.
- Cast daily burdens on the Lord in prayer.
- Serve the congregation with the gifts Christ gives.
- Connect local worship to global mission.
- Psalm 68 is only a patriotic victory song. - The psalm includes national victory imagery, but its center is the Lord's reign, covenant mercy, sanctuary presence, daily salvation, and worldwide praise.
- The vulnerable-care verses are detachable moral slogans. - The care for fatherless, widows, lonely, prisoners, and poor is grounded in God's holy identity and covenant kingship.
- Psalm 68:18 is only about an ancient procession and has no Christological significance. - The verse has a historical worship setting, but Ephesians 4 gives it a Spirit-inspired canonical application to Christ's ascension and gift-giving.
- The harsh judgment language authorizes personal vengeance. - The psalm entrusts judgment to God as divine warrior and righteous King · it does not license private revenge.
- God's daily burden-bearing guarantees a trouble-free life. - The psalm assumes enemies, wilderness, need, and death, while declaring that God sustains His people through them.
- Where am I acting as though God's enemies are stronger than God's arising presence?
- Does my worship of God's majesty also reflect His care for the vulnerable?
- What wilderness mercies has God already shown that I need to remember?
- Do I treat ministry fruit and victory as the result of God's word and strength or as the result of human capability?
- How does Christ's ascension reshape my understanding of the gifts He gives to build His people?
- What burden do I need to entrust to the Lord who daily carries His people?
- How can public worship in the congregation better display God's triumph, holiness, mercy, and mission?
- Do I pray and live as though the nations belong within the horizon of God's praise?
- Worship - Lead the congregation to praise God not only for private comfort but for His public reign, victory, holiness, and strength.
- Counseling - Use Psalm 68:19-20 to comfort burdened believers with the truth that God daily bears His people and that escape from death belongs to Him.
- Mercy ministry - Let God's care for the fatherless, widows, lonely, prisoners, and poor shape the church's practical compassion without detaching mercy from worship and doctrine.
- Preaching Christ - Preach Psalm 68:18 with both horizons intact: the Lord's triumph in the psalm and Christ's ascended victory and gift-giving in Ephesians 4.
- Mission - Use the final summons to the kingdoms of the earth to fuel global gospel vision rooted in God's kingship.
- Spiritual warfare - Teach believers to entrust judgment to God and to stand in praise rather than panic before hostile powers.
- Church health - Connect the ascended Christ's gifts to congregational maturity, unity, and service.
C.F. Keil & F. Delitzsch, Commentary on the Old Testament (1861–91) — public domain
The Biblical World
Chapter At A Glance
Psalm 68 moves from divine arising and enemy scattering, through wilderness provision and Zion triumph, into ascension, sanctuary procession, international homage, and final praise to the God who gives strength to His people.
Psalm 68 gathers covenant memory and covenant hope into worship. The God of Sinai, wilderness provision, land inheritance, Zion dwelling, Davidic praise, and worldwide homage is the same Lord who bears His people and summons the nations.
Psalm 68 announces good news by showing that salvation belongs to the God who rises, reigns, bears His people, gives escape from death, and brings the nations into praise. In the fuller canon, the ascended Christ is the victorious Lord who has conquered through His death and resurrection and now gives gifts to build His people until all nations behold God's glory.
Focus Points
- Divine warrior kingship
- Covenant care for the vulnerable
- Divine presence and Zion
- Ascension and victory
- Daily sustaining grace
- Missionary horizon
- Doctrine of God
- Providence
- Judgment
- Mercy and compassion
- Christ's ascension
- Ecclesiology
- Mission
- Resurrection hope
Biblical Theology
- KingdomTrace the kingdom thread from God's royal rule and promised dominion to the unshakable reign received and secured in Christ.Trace thread →
- Divine PresenceTrace the divine presence thread from covenant nearness and holy manifestation to God's abiding presence with His people through Christ.Trace thread →
- People of GodTrace the people of God thread from covenant calling and gathered identity to the redeemed community united in Christ and gathered for God's name.Trace thread →
- Messianic FulfillmentTrace the messianic fulfillment thread from promise-bearing anticipation to explicit recognition that Jesus fulfills what Scripture prepared.Trace thread →
- Christ-Centered PreachingChrist-centered preaching is the faithful proclamation of Scripture in a way that is governed by the person and work of Jesus Christ and ordered by the gospel. It does not force Jesus artificially into every passage, but reads every text within the redemptive purpose of God that culminates in Christ. This kind of preaching refuses both moralistic reduction and personality-driven performance. It seeks to herald God's Word with exegetical integrity, gospel clarity, and pastoral urgency so that hearers encounter the living Christ in the truth of Scripture.
- Gospel and Mission Outside the ChurchThe gospel creates a church that does not turn inward, but is sent outward with the message of Jesus Christ to the world. Mission outside the church is not a secondary program added onto congregational life, but a necessary expression of the gospel's truth, because the risen Christ saves a people for His name from every tribe, language, people, and nation. The church is gathered for worship and scattered for witness under the authority of Christ. Where the gospel is central, the church will not retreat into self-preservation, but will move outward with truth, holiness, compassion, and urgency.
- Gospel and the Local ChurchThe local church exists because of the gospel, is gathered by the gospel, is ordered by the gospel, and is sent by the gospel. It is not a voluntary religious club held together by preference, personality, tradition, or programming, but a redeemed people formed through the saving work of Jesus Christ and brought under His lordship through His Word. The gospel does not merely bring people into the church, it governs the church's worship, doctrine, fellowship, holiness, mission, leadership, and discipline. Where the gospel is central, the church becomes a visible community of truth, grace, repentance, love, and holy witness in Christ.
Is it not an admirably delicate tact with which the collector makes the מזמור שׁיר Psa 68:1 follow upon the מזמור שׁיר Psa 67:1? The latter began with the echo of the benediction which Moses puts into the mouth of Aaron and his sons, the former with a repetition of those memorable words in which, at the breaking up of the camp, he called upon Jahve to advance before Israel (Num 10:35).
“It is in reality,” says Hitzig of Psalms 68, “no easy task to become master of this Titan. ” And who would not agree with him in this remark? It is a Psalm in the style of Deborah, stalking along upon the highest pinnacle of hymnic feeling and recital; all that is most glorious in the literature of the earlier period is concentrated in it: Moses’ memorable words, Moses’ blessing, the prophecies of Balaam, the Deuteronomy, the Song of Hannah re-echo here.
But over and above all this, the language is so bold and so peculiarly its own, that we meet with no less than thirteen words that do no occur anywhere else. It is so distinctly Elohimic in its impress, that the simple Elohim occurs twenty-three times; but in addition to this, it is as though the whole cornucopia of divine names were poured out upon it: יהוה in Psa 68:17; אדני six times; האל twice; שׁדּי in Psa 68:15; יהּ in Psa 68:5; אדני יהוה in Psa 68:21; אלהים yh in Psa 68:19; so that this Psalm among all the Elohimic Psalms is the most resplendent.
In connection with the great difficulty that is involved in it, it is no wonder that expositors, more especially the earlier expositors, should differ widely in their apprehension of it as a whole or in separate parts. This circumstance has been turned to wrong account by Ed. Reuss in his essay, “ Der acht-und-sechzigste Psalm, Ein Denkmal exegetischer Noth und Kunst zu Ehren unsrer ganzen Zunft , Jena, 1851,” for the purpose of holding up to ridicule the uncertainty of Old Testament exegesis, as illustrated in this Psalm.
The Psalm is said, as Reuss ultimately decides, to have been written between the times of Alexander the Great and the Maccabees, and to give expression to the wish that the Israelites, many of whom were far removed from Palestine and scattered abroad in the wide earth, might soon be again united in their fatherland. But this apprehension rests entirely upon violence done to the exegesis, more particularly in the supposition that in v.
23 the exiles are the persons intended by those whom God will bring back. Reuss makes out those who are brought back out of Bashan to be the exiles in Syria, and those who are brought back out of the depths of the sea he makes out to be the exiles in Egypt. He knows nothing of the remarkable concurrence of the mention of the Northern tribes (including Benjamin) in Psa 68:28 with the Asaphic Psalms: Judah and Benjamin, to his mind, is Judaea; and Zebulun and Naphtali, Galilee in the sense of the time after the return from exile.
The “wild beast of the reed” he correctly takes to be an emblem of Egypt; but he makes use of violence in order to bring in a reference to Syria by the side of it. Nevertheless Olshausen praises the services Reuss has rendered with respect to this Psalm; but after incorporating two whole pages of the “ Denkmal” in his commentary he cannot satisfy himself with the period between Alexander and the Maccabees, and by means of three considerations arrives, in this instance also, at the common refuge of the Maccabaean period, which possesses such an irresistible attraction for him.
In opposition to this transplanting of the Psalm into the time of the Maccabees we appeal to Hitzig, who is also quick-sighted enough, when there is any valid ground for it, in finding out Maccabaean Psalms. He refers the Psalm to the victorious campaign of Joram against faithless Moab, undertaking in company with Jehoshaphat. Böttcher, on the other hand, sees in it a festal hymn of triumph belonging to the time of Hezekiah, which was sung antiphonically at the great fraternizing Passover after the return home of the young king from one of his expeditions against the Assyrians, who had even at that time fortified themselves in the country east of the Jordan (Bashan).
Thenius (following the example of Rödiger) holds a different view. He knows the situation so very definitely, that he thinks it high time that the discussion concerning this Psalm was brought to a close. It is a song composed to inspirit the army in the presence of the battle which Josiah undertook against Necho, and the prominent, hateful character in Psa 68:22 is Pharaoh with his lofty artificial adornment of hair upon his shaven head.
It is, however, well known what a memorably tragical issue for Israel that battle had; the Psalm would therefore be a memorial of the most lamentable disappointment. All these and other recent expositors glory in hot advancing any proof whatever in support of the inscribed לדוד. And yet there are two incidents in David’s life, with regard to which the Psalm ought first of all to be accurately looked at, before we abandon this לדוד to the winds of conjecture.
The first is the bringing home of the Ark of the covenant to Zion, to which, e. g. , Franz Volkmar Reinhard (in vol. ii. of the Velthusen Commentationes Theol . 1795), Stier, and Hofmann refer the Psalm. But the manner in which the Psalm opens with a paraphrase of Moses’ memorable words is at once opposed to this; and also the impossibility of giving unity to the explanation of its contents by such a reference is against it.
Jahve has long since taken up His abode upon the holy mountain; the poet in this Psalm, which is one of the Psalms of war and victory describes how the exalted One, who now, however, as in the days of old, rides along through the highest heavens at the head of His people, casts down all powers hostile to Him and to His people, and compels all the world to confess that the God of Israel rules from His sanctuary with invincible might. A far more appropriate occasion is, therefore, to be found in the Syro-Ammonitish war of David, in which the Ark was taken with them by the people (2Sa 11:11); and the hymn was not at that time first of all composed when, at the close of the war, the Ark was brought back to the holy mountain (Hengstenberg, Reinke), but when it was set in motion from thence at the head of Israel as they advanced against the confederate kings and their army (2Sa 10:6).
The war lasted into the second year, when a second campaign was obliged to be undertaken in order to bring it to an end; and this fact offers at least a second possible period for the origin of the Psalm. It is clear that in Psa 68:12-15, and still more clear that in Psa 68:20-24 (and from a wider point of view, Psa 68:29-35), the victory over the hostile kings is only hoped for, and in Psa 68:25-28, therefore, the pageantry of victory is seen as it were beforehand.
It is the spirit of faith, which here celebrates beforehand the victory of Jahve, and sees in the single victory a pledge of His victory over all the nations of the earth. The theme of the Psalm, generalized beyond its immediate occasion, is the victory of the God of Israel over the world. Regarded as to the nature of its contents, the whole divides itself into two halves, vv.
2-19, 20-35, which are on the whole so distinct that the first dwells more upon the mighty deed God has wrought, the second upon the impressions it produces upon the church and upon the peoples of the earth; in both parts it is viewed now as future, now as past, inasmuch as the longing of prayer and the confidence of hope soar aloft to the height of prophecy, before which futurity lies as a fulfilled fact. The musical Sela occurs three times (Psa 68:8, Psa 68:20, Psa 68:33).
These three forte passages furnish important points of view for the apprehension of the collective meaning of the Psalm. But is David after all the author of this Psalm? The general character of the Psalm is more Asaphic than Davidic (vid. , Habakkuk , S. 122). Its references to Zalmon, to Benjamin and the Northern tribes, to the song of Deborah, and in general to the Book of Judges (although not in its present form), give it an appearance of being Ephraimitish.
Among the Davidic Psalms it stands entirely alone, so that criticism is quite unable to justify the לדוד. And if the words in Psa 68:29 are addressed to the king, it points to some other poet than David. But is it to a contemporary poet? The mention of the sanctuary on Zion in Psa 68:30, 36, does not exclude such an one. Only the threatening of the “wild beast of the sedge” (Psa 68:31) seems to bring us down beyond the time of David; for the inflammable material of the hostility of Egypt, which broke out into a flame in the reign of Rehoboam, was first gathering towards the end of Solomon’s reign.
Still Egypt was never entirely lost sight of from the horizon of Israel; and the circumstance that it is mentioned in the first rank, where the submission of the kingdoms of this world to the God of Israel is lyrically set forth in the prophetic prospect of the future, need not astonish one even in a poet of the time of David. And does not Psa 68:28 compel us to keep on this side of the division of the kingdom?
It ought then to refer to the common expedition of Jehoram and Jehoshaphat against Moab (Hitzig), the indiscriminate celebration of which, however, was no suitable theme for the psalmist. The Psalm begins with the expression of a wish that the victory of God over all His foes and the triumphant exultation of the righteous were near at hand. Ewald and Hitzig take יקום אלהים hypothetically: If God arise, He enemies will be scattered.
This rendering is possible in itself so far as the syntax is concerned, but here everything conspires against it; for the futures in Psa 68:2-4 form an unbroken chain; then a glance at the course of the Psalm from Psa 68:20 onwards shows that the circumstances of Israel, under which the poet writes, urged forth the wish: let God arise and humble His foes; and finally the primary passage, Num 10:35, makes it clear that the futures are the language of prayer transformed into the form of the wish. In Psa 68:3 the wish is addressed directly to God Himself, and therefore becomes petition.
הנדּן is inflected (as vice versâ ירדף, Psa 7:6, from ירדּף) from הנּדף (like הנּתן, Jer 32:4); it is a violation of all rule in favour of the conformity of sound (cf. הקצות for הקצות, Lev 14:43, and supra on Psa 51:6) with תּנדּף, the object of which is easily supplied ( dispellas, sc. hostes tuos ), and is purposely omitted in order to direct attention more stedfastly to the omnipotence which to every creature is so irresistible.
Like smoke, wax (דּונג, root דג, τηκ, Sanscrit tak , to shoot past, to run, Zend taḱ , whence vitaḱina , dissolving, Neo-Persic gudâchten ; causative: to cause to run in different directions = to melt or smelt) is an emblem of human feebleness. As Bakiuds observes, Si creatura creaturam non fert, quomodo creatura creatoris indignantis faciem ferre possit? The wish expressed in Psa 68:4 forms the obverse of the preceding.
The expressions for joy are heaped up in order to describe the transcendency of the joy that will follow the release from the yoke of the enemy. לפני is expressively used in alternation with מפני in Psa 68:2, Psa 68:3 : by the wrathful action, so to speak, that proceeds from His countenance just as the heat radiating from the fire melts the wax the foes are dispersed, whereas the righteous rejoice before His gracious countenance.
As the result of the challenge that has been now expressed in Psa 68:2-4, Elohim, going before His people, begins His march; and in Psa 68:5 an appeal is made to praise Him with song, His name with the music of stringed instrument, and to make a way along which He may ride בּערבות. In view of Psa 68:34 we cannot take צרבות, as do the Targum and Talmud ( B. Chagiga 12 b ), as a name of one of the seven heavens, a meaning to which, apart from other considerations, the verb ערב, to be effaced, confused, dark, is not an appropriate stem-word; but it must be explained according to Isa 40:3.
There Jahve calls in the aid of His people, here He goes forth at the head of His people; He rides through the steppes in order to right against the enemies of His people. Not merely the historical reference assigned to the Psalm by Hitzig, but also the one adopted by ourselves, admits of allusion being made to the “steppes of Moab;” for the way to Mêdebâ, where the Syrian mercenaries of the Ammonites had encamped (1Ch 19:7), lay through these steppes, and also the way to Rabbath Ammon (2Sa 10:7.)
סלּוּ calls upon them to make a way for Him, the glorious, invincible King (cf. Isa 57:14; Isa 62:10); סלל signifies to cast up, heap up or pave, viz. , a raised and suitable street or highway, Symmachus katastroo'sate. He who thus rides along makes the salvation of His people His aim: “ ä is His name, therefore shout with joy before Him. ” The Beth in בּיהּ (Symmachus, Quinta: ἴα) is the Beth essentiae , which here, as in Isa 26:4, stands beside the subject: His name is (exists) in יה, i.
e. , His essential name is yh, His self-attestation, by which He makes Himself capable of being known and named, consists in His being the God of salvation, who, in the might of free grace, pervades all history. This Name is a fountain of exultant rejoicing to His people. This Name is exemplificatively unfolded in Psa 68:6. The highly exalted One, who sits enthroned in the heaven of glory, rules in all history here below and takes an interest in the lowliest more especially, in all circumstances of their lives following after His own to succour them.
He takes the place of a father to the orphan. He takes up the cause of the widow and contests it to a successful issue. Elohim is one who makes the solitary or isolated to dwell in the house; בּיתה with He locale , which just as well answers the question where? as whither? בּית, a house = family bond, is the opposite of יהיד, solitarius , recluse, Psa 25:16.
Dachselt correctly renders it, in domum, h. e. familiam numerosam durabilemque eos ut patres-familias plantabit . He is further One who brings forth (out of the dungeon and out of captivity) those who are chained into abundance of prosperity. כּושׁרות, occurring only here, is a pluralet . from כּשׁר morf . tela, synonym אשׁר, to be straight, fortunate. Psa 68:7 briefly and sharply expresses the reverse side of this His humanely condescending rule among mankind.
אך is here (cf. Gen 9:4; Lev 11:4) restrictive or adversative (as is more frequently the case with אכן); and the preterite is the preterite of that which is an actual matter of experience. The סוררים, i. e. , (not from סוּר, the apostate ones, Aquila afista'menoi, but as in Psa 66:7, from סרר) the rebellious, Symmachus ἀπειθεῖς, who were not willing to submit to the rule of so gracious a God, had ever been excluded from these proofs of favour.
These must inhabit צחיחה (accusative of the object), a sun-scorched land; from צחח, to be dazzlingly bright, sunny, dried or parched up. They remain in the desert without coming into the land, which, fertilized by the waters of grace, is resplendent with a fresh verdure and with rich fruits. If the poet has before his mind in connection with this the bulk of the people delivered out of Egypt, ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσαν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμω (Heb 3:17), then the transition to what follows is much more easily effected.
There is, however, no necessity for any such intermediation. The poet had the march through the desert to Canaan under the guidance of Jahve, the irresistible Conqueror, in his mind even from the beginning, and now he expressly calls to mind that marvellous divine leading in order that the present age may take heart thereat.
Psa 68:7-10 In Psa 68:7. the poet repeats the words of Deborah (Jdg 5:4.) , and her words again go back to Deu 33:2, cf. Exo 19:15. ; on the other hand, our Psalm is the original to Hab. 3. The martial verb יצא represents Elohim as, coming forth from His heavenly dwelling-place (Isa 26:21), He places Himself at the head of Israel. The stately verb צעד represents Him as He accompanies the hosts of His people with the step of a hero confident of victory; and the terrible name for the wilderness, ישׁימון, is designedly chosen in order to express the contrast between the scene of action and that which they beheld at that time.
The verb to זה סיני is easily supplied; Dachselt’s rendering according to the accents is correct: hic mons Sinai (sc. in specie ita tremuit ). The description fixes our attention upon Sinai as the central point of all revelations of God during the period of deliverance by the hand of Moses, as being the scene of the most gloriously of them all (vid. , on Hab.
p. 136f.) The majestic phenomena which proclaimed the nearness of God are distributed over the whole journeying, but most gloriously concentrated themselves at the giving of the Law of Sinai. The earth trembled throughout the extended circuit of this vast granite range, and the heavens dropped, inasmuch as the darkness of thunder clouds rested upon Sinai, pierced by incessant lightnings (Ex.
19). There, as the original passages describe it, Jahve met His people; He came from the east, His people from the west; there they found themselves together, and shaking the earth, breaking through the heavens, He gave them a pledge of the omnipotence which should henceforth defend and guide them. The poet has a purpose in view in calling Elohim in this passage “the God of Israel;” the covenant relationship of God to Israel dates from Sinai, and from this period onwards, by reason of the Tôra, He became Israel’s King (Deu 33:5).
Since the statement of a fact of earlier history has preceded, and since the preterites alternate with them, the futures that follow in Psa 68:10, Psa 68:11 are to be understood as referring to the synchronous past; but hardly so that Psa 68:10 should refer to the miraculous supply of food, and more especially the rain of manna, during the journeyings through the wilderness. The giving of the Law from Sinai has a view to Israel being a settled, stationary people, and the deliverance out of the land of bondage only finds its completion in the taking and maintaining possession of the Land of Promise.
Accordingly Psa 68:10, Psa 68:11 refer to the blessing and protection of the people who had taken up their abode there. The נחלהּ of God ( genit. auctoris , as in 2 Macc. 2:4) is the land assigned by Him to Israel as an inheritance; and גּשׁם נדבות an emblem of the abundance of gifts which God has showered down upon the land since Israel took up its abode in it.
נדבה is the name given to a deed and gift springing from an inward impulse, and in this instance the intensive idea of richness and superabundance is associated therewith by means of the plural; גּשׁם נדבות is a shower-like abundance of good gifts descending from above. The Hiphil הניף here governs a double accusative, like the Kal in Pro 7:17, in so far, that is, as נחלתך is drawn to Psa 68:10 ; for the accentuation, in opposition to the Targum, takes נחלתך ונלאה together: Thine inheritance and that the parched one ( Waw epexeget .
as in 1Sa 28:3; Amo 3:11; Amo 4:10). But this “and that” is devoid of aim; why should it not at once be read הנּלאה? The rendering of Böttcher, “Thy sickened and wearied,” is inadmissible, too, according to the present pointing; for it ought to be נחלתך or נחלתך. And with a suffix this Niphal becomes ambiguous, and more especially so in this connection, where the thought of נחלה, an inherited possession, a heritage, lies so naturally at hand.
נחלתך is therefore to be drawn to Psa 68:10 , and Psa 68:10 must begin with ונלאה, as in the lxx, καὶ ἠσθένησε σὺ δὲ κατεερτίσω αὐτήν. It is true נלאה is not a hypothetical preteriet equivalent to ונלאתה; but, as is frequently the case with the anarthrous participle (Ew. §341, b ), it has the value of a hypothetical clause: “and if it (Israel’s inheritance) were in a parched, exhausted condition (cf.
the cognate root להה, Gen 47:13), then hast Thou always made it again firm” (Psa 8:4; Psa 15:1-5 :17), i. e. , strengthened, enlivened it. Even here the idea of the inhabitants is closely associated with the land itself; in Psa 68:11 they are more especially thought of: “They creatures dwelt therein. ” Nearly all modern expositors take חיּה either according to 2Sa 23:11, 2Sa 23:13 (cf.
1Ch 11:15), in the signification tent-circle, ring-camp (root חו, Arab. ḥw , to move in a circle, to encircle, to compass), or in the signification of Arab. ḥayy (from Arab. ḥayiya = חיי, חיה), a race or tribe, i. e. , a collection of living beings (cf. חיּי, 1Sa 18:18). But the Asaphic character of this Psalm, which is also manifest in other points, is opposed to this rendering.
This style of Psalm is fond of the comparison of Israel to a flock, so that also in Psa 74:19 חית עניין signifies nothing else than “the creatures [ Getheir , collective] of Thy poor, Thy poor creatures. ” This use of חיה is certainly peculiar; but not so remarkable as if by the “creatures of God” we had to understand, with Hupfeld, the quails (Ex. 16). The avoiding of בּהמה on account of the idea of brutum (Psa 73:22) which is inseparable from this word, is sufficient to account for it; in חיה, ζῷον, there is merely the notion of moving life.
We therefore are to explain it according to Mic 7:14, where Israel is called a flock dwelling in a wood in the midst of Carmel: God brought it to pass, that the flock of Israel, although sorely persecuted, nevertheless continued to inhabit the land. בּהּ, as in Mic 7:15, refers to Canaan. עני in Psa 68:11 is the ecclesia pressa surrounded by foes on every side: Thou didst prepare for Thy poor with Thy goodness, Elohim, i.
e. , Thou didst regale or entertain Thy poor people with Thy possessions and Thy blessings. הכין ל, as in Gen 43:16; 1Ch 12:39, to make ready to eat, and therefore to entertain; טובה as in Psa 65:12, טוּב ה, Jer 31:12. It would be quite inadmissible, because tautological, to refer תּכין to the land according to Psa 65:10 (Ewald), or even to the desert (Olshausen), which the description has now left far behind.
Psa 68:7-10 In Psa 68:7. the poet repeats the words of Deborah (Jdg 5:4.) , and her words again go back to Deu 33:2, cf. Exo 19:15. ; on the other hand, our Psalm is the original to Hab. 3. The martial verb יצא represents Elohim as, coming forth from His heavenly dwelling-place (Isa 26:21), He places Himself at the head of Israel. The stately verb צעד represents Him as He accompanies the hosts of His people with the step of a hero confident of victory; and the terrible name for the wilderness, ישׁימון, is designedly chosen in order to express the contrast between the scene of action and that which they beheld at that time.
The verb to זה סיני is easily supplied; Dachselt’s rendering according to the accents is correct: hic mons Sinai (sc. in specie ita tremuit ). The description fixes our attention upon Sinai as the central point of all revelations of God during the period of deliverance by the hand of Moses, as being the scene of the most gloriously of them all (vid. , on Hab.
p. 136f.) The majestic phenomena which proclaimed the nearness of God are distributed over the whole journeying, but most gloriously concentrated themselves at the giving of the Law of Sinai. The earth trembled throughout the extended circuit of this vast granite range, and the heavens dropped, inasmuch as the darkness of thunder clouds rested upon Sinai, pierced by incessant lightnings (Ex.
19). There, as the original passages describe it, Jahve met His people; He came from the east, His people from the west; there they found themselves together, and shaking the earth, breaking through the heavens, He gave them a pledge of the omnipotence which should henceforth defend and guide them. The poet has a purpose in view in calling Elohim in this passage “the God of Israel;” the covenant relationship of God to Israel dates from Sinai, and from this period onwards, by reason of the Tôra, He became Israel’s King (Deu 33:5).
Since the statement of a fact of earlier history has preceded, and since the preterites alternate with them, the futures that follow in Psa 68:10, Psa 68:11 are to be understood as referring to the synchronous past; but hardly so that Psa 68:10 should refer to the miraculous supply of food, and more especially the rain of manna, during the journeyings through the wilderness. The giving of the Law from Sinai has a view to Israel being a settled, stationary people, and the deliverance out of the land of bondage only finds its completion in the taking and maintaining possession of the Land of Promise.
Accordingly Psa 68:10, Psa 68:11 refer to the blessing and protection of the people who had taken up their abode there. The נחלהּ of God ( genit. auctoris , as in 2 Macc. 2:4) is the land assigned by Him to Israel as an inheritance; and גּשׁם נדבות an emblem of the abundance of gifts which God has showered down upon the land since Israel took up its abode in it.
נדבה is the name given to a deed and gift springing from an inward impulse, and in this instance the intensive idea of richness and superabundance is associated therewith by means of the plural; גּשׁם נדבות is a shower-like abundance of good gifts descending from above. The Hiphil הניף here governs a double accusative, like the Kal in Pro 7:17, in so far, that is, as נחלתך is drawn to Psa 68:10 ; for the accentuation, in opposition to the Targum, takes נחלתך ונלאה together: Thine inheritance and that the parched one ( Waw epexeget .
as in 1Sa 28:3; Amo 3:11; Amo 4:10). But this “and that” is devoid of aim; why should it not at once be read הנּלאה? The rendering of Böttcher, “Thy sickened and wearied,” is inadmissible, too, according to the present pointing; for it ought to be נחלתך or נחלתך. And with a suffix this Niphal becomes ambiguous, and more especially so in this connection, where the thought of נחלה, an inherited possession, a heritage, lies so naturally at hand.
נחלתך is therefore to be drawn to Psa 68:10 , and Psa 68:10 must begin with ונלאה, as in the lxx, καὶ ἠσθένησε σὺ δὲ κατεερτίσω αὐτήν. It is true נלאה is not a hypothetical preteriet equivalent to ונלאתה; but, as is frequently the case with the anarthrous participle (Ew. §341, b ), it has the value of a hypothetical clause: “and if it (Israel’s inheritance) were in a parched, exhausted condition (cf.
the cognate root להה, Gen 47:13), then hast Thou always made it again firm” (Psa 8:4; Psa 15:1-5 :17), i. e. , strengthened, enlivened it. Even here the idea of the inhabitants is closely associated with the land itself; in Psa 68:11 they are more especially thought of: “They creatures dwelt therein. ” Nearly all modern expositors take חיּה either according to 2Sa 23:11, 2Sa 23:13 (cf.
1Ch 11:15), in the signification tent-circle, ring-camp (root חו, Arab. ḥw , to move in a circle, to encircle, to compass), or in the signification of Arab. ḥayy (from Arab. ḥayiya = חיי, חיה), a race or tribe, i. e. , a collection of living beings (cf. חיּי, 1Sa 18:18). But the Asaphic character of this Psalm, which is also manifest in other points, is opposed to this rendering.
This style of Psalm is fond of the comparison of Israel to a flock, so that also in Psa 74:19 חית עניין signifies nothing else than “the creatures [ Getheir , collective] of Thy poor, Thy poor creatures. ” This use of חיה is certainly peculiar; but not so remarkable as if by the “creatures of God” we had to understand, with Hupfeld, the quails (Ex. 16). The avoiding of בּהמה on account of the idea of brutum (Psa 73:22) which is inseparable from this word, is sufficient to account for it; in חיה, ζῷον, there is merely the notion of moving life.
We therefore are to explain it according to Mic 7:14, where Israel is called a flock dwelling in a wood in the midst of Carmel: God brought it to pass, that the flock of Israel, although sorely persecuted, nevertheless continued to inhabit the land. בּהּ, as in Mic 7:15, refers to Canaan. עני in Psa 68:11 is the ecclesia pressa surrounded by foes on every side: Thou didst prepare for Thy poor with Thy goodness, Elohim, i.
e. , Thou didst regale or entertain Thy poor people with Thy possessions and Thy blessings. הכין ל, as in Gen 43:16; 1Ch 12:39, to make ready to eat, and therefore to entertain; טובה as in Psa 65:12, טוּב ה, Jer 31:12. It would be quite inadmissible, because tautological, to refer תּכין to the land according to Psa 65:10 (Ewald), or even to the desert (Olshausen), which the description has now left far behind.
Psa 68:7-10 In Psa 68:7. the poet repeats the words of Deborah (Jdg 5:4.) , and her words again go back to Deu 33:2, cf. Exo 19:15. ; on the other hand, our Psalm is the original to Hab. 3. The martial verb יצא represents Elohim as, coming forth from His heavenly dwelling-place (Isa 26:21), He places Himself at the head of Israel. The stately verb צעד represents Him as He accompanies the hosts of His people with the step of a hero confident of victory; and the terrible name for the wilderness, ישׁימון, is designedly chosen in order to express the contrast between the scene of action and that which they beheld at that time.
The verb to זה סיני is easily supplied; Dachselt’s rendering according to the accents is correct: hic mons Sinai (sc. in specie ita tremuit ). The description fixes our attention upon Sinai as the central point of all revelations of God during the period of deliverance by the hand of Moses, as being the scene of the most gloriously of them all (vid. , on Hab.
p. 136f.) The majestic phenomena which proclaimed the nearness of God are distributed over the whole journeying, but most gloriously concentrated themselves at the giving of the Law of Sinai. The earth trembled throughout the extended circuit of this vast granite range, and the heavens dropped, inasmuch as the darkness of thunder clouds rested upon Sinai, pierced by incessant lightnings (Ex.
19). There, as the original passages describe it, Jahve met His people; He came from the east, His people from the west; there they found themselves together, and shaking the earth, breaking through the heavens, He gave them a pledge of the omnipotence which should henceforth defend and guide them. The poet has a purpose in view in calling Elohim in this passage “the God of Israel;” the covenant relationship of God to Israel dates from Sinai, and from this period onwards, by reason of the Tôra, He became Israel’s King (Deu 33:5).
Since the statement of a fact of earlier history has preceded, and since the preterites alternate with them, the futures that follow in Psa 68:10, Psa 68:11 are to be understood as referring to the synchronous past; but hardly so that Psa 68:10 should refer to the miraculous supply of food, and more especially the rain of manna, during the journeyings through the wilderness. The giving of the Law from Sinai has a view to Israel being a settled, stationary people, and the deliverance out of the land of bondage only finds its completion in the taking and maintaining possession of the Land of Promise.
Accordingly Psa 68:10, Psa 68:11 refer to the blessing and protection of the people who had taken up their abode there. The נחלהּ of God ( genit. auctoris , as in 2 Macc. 2:4) is the land assigned by Him to Israel as an inheritance; and גּשׁם נדבות an emblem of the abundance of gifts which God has showered down upon the land since Israel took up its abode in it.
נדבה is the name given to a deed and gift springing from an inward impulse, and in this instance the intensive idea of richness and superabundance is associated therewith by means of the plural; גּשׁם נדבות is a shower-like abundance of good gifts descending from above. The Hiphil הניף here governs a double accusative, like the Kal in Pro 7:17, in so far, that is, as נחלתך is drawn to Psa 68:10 ; for the accentuation, in opposition to the Targum, takes נחלתך ונלאה together: Thine inheritance and that the parched one ( Waw epexeget .
as in 1Sa 28:3; Amo 3:11; Amo 4:10). But this “and that” is devoid of aim; why should it not at once be read הנּלאה? The rendering of Böttcher, “Thy sickened and wearied,” is inadmissible, too, according to the present pointing; for it ought to be נחלתך or נחלתך. And with a suffix this Niphal becomes ambiguous, and more especially so in this connection, where the thought of נחלה, an inherited possession, a heritage, lies so naturally at hand.
נחלתך is therefore to be drawn to Psa 68:10 , and Psa 68:10 must begin with ונלאה, as in the lxx, καὶ ἠσθένησε σὺ δὲ κατεερτίσω αὐτήν. It is true נלאה is not a hypothetical preteriet equivalent to ונלאתה; but, as is frequently the case with the anarthrous participle (Ew. §341, b ), it has the value of a hypothetical clause: “and if it (Israel’s inheritance) were in a parched, exhausted condition (cf.
the cognate root להה, Gen 47:13), then hast Thou always made it again firm” (Psa 8:4; Psa 15:1-5 :17), i. e. , strengthened, enlivened it. Even here the idea of the inhabitants is closely associated with the land itself; in Psa 68:11 they are more especially thought of: “They creatures dwelt therein. ” Nearly all modern expositors take חיּה either according to 2Sa 23:11, 2Sa 23:13 (cf.
1Ch 11:15), in the signification tent-circle, ring-camp (root חו, Arab. ḥw , to move in a circle, to encircle, to compass), or in the signification of Arab. ḥayy (from Arab. ḥayiya = חיי, חיה), a race or tribe, i. e. , a collection of living beings (cf. חיּי, 1Sa 18:18). But the Asaphic character of this Psalm, which is also manifest in other points, is opposed to this rendering.
This style of Psalm is fond of the comparison of Israel to a flock, so that also in Psa 74:19 חית עניין signifies nothing else than “the creatures [ Getheir , collective] of Thy poor, Thy poor creatures. ” This use of חיה is certainly peculiar; but not so remarkable as if by the “creatures of God” we had to understand, with Hupfeld, the quails (Ex. 16). The avoiding of בּהמה on account of the idea of brutum (Psa 73:22) which is inseparable from this word, is sufficient to account for it; in חיה, ζῷον, there is merely the notion of moving life.
We therefore are to explain it according to Mic 7:14, where Israel is called a flock dwelling in a wood in the midst of Carmel: God brought it to pass, that the flock of Israel, although sorely persecuted, nevertheless continued to inhabit the land. בּהּ, as in Mic 7:15, refers to Canaan. עני in Psa 68:11 is the ecclesia pressa surrounded by foes on every side: Thou didst prepare for Thy poor with Thy goodness, Elohim, i.
e. , Thou didst regale or entertain Thy poor people with Thy possessions and Thy blessings. הכין ל, as in Gen 43:16; 1Ch 12:39, to make ready to eat, and therefore to entertain; טובה as in Psa 65:12, טוּב ה, Jer 31:12. It would be quite inadmissible, because tautological, to refer תּכין to the land according to Psa 65:10 (Ewald), or even to the desert (Olshausen), which the description has now left far behind.
Psa 68:7-10 In Psa 68:7. the poet repeats the words of Deborah (Jdg 5:4.) , and her words again go back to Deu 33:2, cf. Exo 19:15. ; on the other hand, our Psalm is the original to Hab. 3. The martial verb יצא represents Elohim as, coming forth from His heavenly dwelling-place (Isa 26:21), He places Himself at the head of Israel. The stately verb צעד represents Him as He accompanies the hosts of His people with the step of a hero confident of victory; and the terrible name for the wilderness, ישׁימון, is designedly chosen in order to express the contrast between the scene of action and that which they beheld at that time.
The verb to זה סיני is easily supplied; Dachselt’s rendering according to the accents is correct: hic mons Sinai (sc. in specie ita tremuit ). The description fixes our attention upon Sinai as the central point of all revelations of God during the period of deliverance by the hand of Moses, as being the scene of the most gloriously of them all (vid. , on Hab.
p. 136f.) The majestic phenomena which proclaimed the nearness of God are distributed over the whole journeying, but most gloriously concentrated themselves at the giving of the Law of Sinai. The earth trembled throughout the extended circuit of this vast granite range, and the heavens dropped, inasmuch as the darkness of thunder clouds rested upon Sinai, pierced by incessant lightnings (Ex.
19). There, as the original passages describe it, Jahve met His people; He came from the east, His people from the west; there they found themselves together, and shaking the earth, breaking through the heavens, He gave them a pledge of the omnipotence which should henceforth defend and guide them. The poet has a purpose in view in calling Elohim in this passage “the God of Israel;” the covenant relationship of God to Israel dates from Sinai, and from this period onwards, by reason of the Tôra, He became Israel’s King (Deu 33:5).
Since the statement of a fact of earlier history has preceded, and since the preterites alternate with them, the futures that follow in Psa 68:10, Psa 68:11 are to be understood as referring to the synchronous past; but hardly so that Psa 68:10 should refer to the miraculous supply of food, and more especially the rain of manna, during the journeyings through the wilderness. The giving of the Law from Sinai has a view to Israel being a settled, stationary people, and the deliverance out of the land of bondage only finds its completion in the taking and maintaining possession of the Land of Promise.
Accordingly Psa 68:10, Psa 68:11 refer to the blessing and protection of the people who had taken up their abode there. The נחלהּ of God ( genit. auctoris , as in 2 Macc. 2:4) is the land assigned by Him to Israel as an inheritance; and גּשׁם נדבות an emblem of the abundance of gifts which God has showered down upon the land since Israel took up its abode in it.
נדבה is the name given to a deed and gift springing from an inward impulse, and in this instance the intensive idea of richness and superabundance is associated therewith by means of the plural; גּשׁם נדבות is a shower-like abundance of good gifts descending from above. The Hiphil הניף here governs a double accusative, like the Kal in Pro 7:17, in so far, that is, as נחלתך is drawn to Psa 68:10 ; for the accentuation, in opposition to the Targum, takes נחלתך ונלאה together: Thine inheritance and that the parched one ( Waw epexeget .
as in 1Sa 28:3; Amo 3:11; Amo 4:10). But this “and that” is devoid of aim; why should it not at once be read הנּלאה? The rendering of Böttcher, “Thy sickened and wearied,” is inadmissible, too, according to the present pointing; for it ought to be נחלתך or נחלתך. And with a suffix this Niphal becomes ambiguous, and more especially so in this connection, where the thought of נחלה, an inherited possession, a heritage, lies so naturally at hand.
נחלתך is therefore to be drawn to Psa 68:10 , and Psa 68:10 must begin with ונלאה, as in the lxx, καὶ ἠσθένησε σὺ δὲ κατεερτίσω αὐτήν. It is true נלאה is not a hypothetical preteriet equivalent to ונלאתה; but, as is frequently the case with the anarthrous participle (Ew. §341, b ), it has the value of a hypothetical clause: “and if it (Israel’s inheritance) were in a parched, exhausted condition (cf.
the cognate root להה, Gen 47:13), then hast Thou always made it again firm” (Psa 8:4; Psa 15:1-5 :17), i. e. , strengthened, enlivened it. Even here the idea of the inhabitants is closely associated with the land itself; in Psa 68:11 they are more especially thought of: “They creatures dwelt therein. ” Nearly all modern expositors take חיּה either according to 2Sa 23:11, 2Sa 23:13 (cf.
1Ch 11:15), in the signification tent-circle, ring-camp (root חו, Arab. ḥw , to move in a circle, to encircle, to compass), or in the signification of Arab. ḥayy (from Arab. ḥayiya = חיי, חיה), a race or tribe, i. e. , a collection of living beings (cf. חיּי, 1Sa 18:18). But the Asaphic character of this Psalm, which is also manifest in other points, is opposed to this rendering.
This style of Psalm is fond of the comparison of Israel to a flock, so that also in Psa 74:19 חית עניין signifies nothing else than “the creatures [ Getheir , collective] of Thy poor, Thy poor creatures. ” This use of חיה is certainly peculiar; but not so remarkable as if by the “creatures of God” we had to understand, with Hupfeld, the quails (Ex. 16). The avoiding of בּהמה on account of the idea of brutum (Psa 73:22) which is inseparable from this word, is sufficient to account for it; in חיה, ζῷον, there is merely the notion of moving life.
We therefore are to explain it according to Mic 7:14, where Israel is called a flock dwelling in a wood in the midst of Carmel: God brought it to pass, that the flock of Israel, although sorely persecuted, nevertheless continued to inhabit the land. בּהּ, as in Mic 7:15, refers to Canaan. עני in Psa 68:11 is the ecclesia pressa surrounded by foes on every side: Thou didst prepare for Thy poor with Thy goodness, Elohim, i.
e. , Thou didst regale or entertain Thy poor people with Thy possessions and Thy blessings. הכין ל, as in Gen 43:16; 1Ch 12:39, to make ready to eat, and therefore to entertain; טובה as in Psa 65:12, טוּב ה, Jer 31:12. It would be quite inadmissible, because tautological, to refer תּכין to the land according to Psa 65:10 (Ewald), or even to the desert (Olshausen), which the description has now left far behind.
Psa 68:11-14 The futures that now follow are no longer to be understood as referring to previous history; they no longer alternate with preterites. Moreover the transition to the language of address in Psa 68:14 shows that the poet here looks forth from his present time and circumstances into the future; and the introduction of the divine name אדני, after Elohim has been used eleven times, is an indication of a new commencement.
The prosperous condition in which God places His church by giving it the hostile powers of the world as a spoil is depicted. The noun אמר, never occurring in the genitival relationship, and never with a suffix, because the specific character of the form would be thereby obliterated, always denotes an important utterance, more particularly God’s word of promise (Psa 77:9), or His word of power (Hab 3:9), which is represented elsewhere as a mighty voice of thunder (Psa 68:34, Isa 30:30), or a trumpet-blast (Zec 9:14); in the present instance it is the word of power by which the Lord suddenly changes the condition of His oppressed church.
The entirely new state of things which this omnipotent behest as it were conjures into existence is presented to the mind in v. 12 b : the women who proclaim the tidings of victory - a great host. Victory and triumph follow upon God’s אמר, as upon His creative יהי. The deliverance of Israel from the army of Pharaoh, the deliverance out of the hand of Jabin by the defeat of Sisera, the victory of Jephthah over the Ammonites, and the victorious single combat of David with Goliath were celebrated by singing women.
God’s decisive word shall also go forth this time, and of the evangelists, like Miriam (Mirjam) and Deborah, there shall be a great host. Psa 68:12 describes the subject of this triumphant exultation. Hupfeld regards Psa 68:13-15 as the song of victory itself, the fragment of an ancient triumphal ode ( epinikion ) reproduced here; but there is nothing standing in the way that should forbid our here regarding these verses as a direct continuation of Psa 68:12.
The “hosts” are the numerous well-equipped armies which the kings of the heathen lead forth to the battle against the people of God. The unusual expression “kings of hosts” sounds very much like an ironically disparaging antithesis to the customary “Jahve of Hosts” (Böttcher). He, the Lord, interposes, and they are obliged to flee, staggering as they go, to retreat, and that, as the anadiplosis (cf.
Jdg 5:7; Jdg 19:20) depicts, far away, in every direction. The fut. energicum with its ultima -accentuation gives intensity to the pictorial expression. The victors then turn homewards laden with rich spoils. נות בּית, here in a collective sense, is the wife who stays at home (Jdg 5:24) while the husband goes forth to battle. It is not: the ornament (נוה as in Jer 6:2) of the house, which Luther, with the lxx, Vulgate, and Syriac, adopts in his version, but: the dweller or homely one (cf.
נות, a dwelling-lace, Job 8:6) of the house, ἡ οἰκουρός. The dividing of the spoil elsewhere belongs to the victors; what is meant here is the distribution of the portions of the spoil that have fallen to the individual victors, the further distribution of which is left for the housewife (Jdg 5:30. , 2Sa 1:24). Ewald now recognises in Psa 68:14. the words of an ancient song of victory; but v.
13 b is unsuitable to introduce them. The language of address in Psa 68:14 is the poet’s own, and he here describes the condition of the people who are victorious by the help of their God, and who again dwell peaceably in the land after the war. אם passes out of the hypothetical signification into the temporal, as e. g. , in Job 14:14 (vid. , on Psa 59:16). The lying down among the sheep-folds (שׁפתּים = משׁפּתים, cf.
שׁפט, משׁפּט, the staked-in folds or pens consisting of hurdles standing two by two over against one another) is an emblem of thriving peace, which (like Psa 68:8, Psa 68:28) points back to Deborah’s song, Jdg 5:16, cf. Gen 49:14. Just such a time is now also before Israel, a time of peaceful prosperity enhanced by rich spoils. Everything shall glitter and gleam with silver and gold.
Israel is God’s turtle-dove, Psa 74:19, cf. Psa 56:1, Hos 7:11; Hos 11:11. Hence the new circumstances of ease and comfort are likened to the varied hues of a dove disporting itself in the sun. Its wings are as though overlaid with silver (נחפּה, not 3. praet, but part. fem. Niph . as predicate to כּנפי, cf. 1Sa 4:15; Mic 4:11; Mic 1:9; Ew. §317 a ), therefore like silver wings (cf.
Ovid, Metam . ii. 537: Niveis argentea pennis Ales ); and its pinions with gold-green, and that, as the reduplicated form implies, with the iridescent or glistening hue of the finest gold (חרוּץ, not dull, but shining gold). Side by side with this bold simile there appears in v. 15 an equally bold but contrastive figure, which, turning a step or two backward, likewise vividly illustrates the results of their God-given victory.
The suffix of בּהּ refers to the land of Israel, as in Isa 8:21; Isa 65:9. צלמום, according to the usage of the language so far as it is now preserved to us, is not a common noun: deep darkness (Targum = צלמות), it is the name of a mountain in Ephraim, the trees of which Abimelech transported in order to set fire to the tower of Shechem (Jdg 9:48.) The Talmudic literature was acquainted with a river taking its rise there, and also somewhat frequently mentions a locality bearing a similar name to that of the mountain.
The mention of this mountain may in a general way be rendered intelligible by the consideration that, like Shiloh (Gen 49:10), it is situated about in the centre of the Holy Land. השׁליג signifies to bring forth snow, or even, like Arab. aṯlj , to become snow-white; this Hiph . is not a word descriptive of colour, like הלבּין. Since the protasis is בּפרשׂ, and not בּפרשׂך, תּשׁלג is intended to be impersonal (cf.
Psa 50:3; Amo 4:7, Mich. Psa 3:6); and the voluntative form is explained from its use in apodoses of hypothetical protases (Ges. §128, 2). It indicates the issue to which, on the supposition of the other, it must and shall come. The words are therefore to be rendered: then it snows on Zalmon; and the snowing is either an emblem of the glistening spoil that falls into their hands in such abundance, or it is a figure of the becoming white, whether from bleached bones (cf.
Virgil, Aen . v. 865: albi ossibus scopuli ; xii. 36: campi ossibus albent ; Ovid, Fasti i. 558: humanis ossibus albet humus ) or even from the naked corpses (2Sa 1:19, על־בּמותיך חלל). Whether we consider the point of comparison to lie in the spoil being abundant as the flakes of snow, and like to the dazzling snow in brilliancy, or in the white pallid corpses, at any rate בּצלמון is not equivalent to כּבצלמון, but what follows “when the Almighty scatters kings therein” is illustrated by Zalmon itself.
In the one case Zalmon is represented as the battle-ground (cf. Psa 110:6), in the other (which better corresponds to the nature of a wooded mountain) as a place of concealment. The protasis בפרשׂ וגו favours the latter; for פּרשׂ signifies to spread wide apart, to cause a compact whole - and the host of “the kings” is conceived of as such - to fly far asunder into many parts (Zec 2:10, cf.
the Niph . in Eze 17:21). The hostile host disperses in all directions, and Zalmon glitters, as it were with snow, from the spoil that is dropped by those who flee. Homer also ( Iliad , xix. 357-361) likens the mass of assembled helmets, shields, armour, and lances to the spectacle of a dense fall of snow. In this passage of the Psalm before us still more than in Homer it is the spectacle of the fallen and far seen glistening snow that also is brought into the comparison, and not merely that which is falling and that which covers everything (vid.
, Iliad , xii. 277ff.) The figure is the pendant of the figure of the dove.
Psa 68:11-14 The futures that now follow are no longer to be understood as referring to previous history; they no longer alternate with preterites. Moreover the transition to the language of address in Psa 68:14 shows that the poet here looks forth from his present time and circumstances into the future; and the introduction of the divine name אדני, after Elohim has been used eleven times, is an indication of a new commencement.
The prosperous condition in which God places His church by giving it the hostile powers of the world as a spoil is depicted. The noun אמר, never occurring in the genitival relationship, and never with a suffix, because the specific character of the form would be thereby obliterated, always denotes an important utterance, more particularly God’s word of promise (Psa 77:9), or His word of power (Hab 3:9), which is represented elsewhere as a mighty voice of thunder (Psa 68:34, Isa 30:30), or a trumpet-blast (Zec 9:14); in the present instance it is the word of power by which the Lord suddenly changes the condition of His oppressed church.
The entirely new state of things which this omnipotent behest as it were conjures into existence is presented to the mind in v. 12 b : the women who proclaim the tidings of victory - a great host. Victory and triumph follow upon God’s אמר, as upon His creative יהי. The deliverance of Israel from the army of Pharaoh, the deliverance out of the hand of Jabin by the defeat of Sisera, the victory of Jephthah over the Ammonites, and the victorious single combat of David with Goliath were celebrated by singing women.
God’s decisive word shall also go forth this time, and of the evangelists, like Miriam (Mirjam) and Deborah, there shall be a great host. Psa 68:12 describes the subject of this triumphant exultation. Hupfeld regards Psa 68:13-15 as the song of victory itself, the fragment of an ancient triumphal ode ( epinikion ) reproduced here; but there is nothing standing in the way that should forbid our here regarding these verses as a direct continuation of Psa 68:12.
The “hosts” are the numerous well-equipped armies which the kings of the heathen lead forth to the battle against the people of God. The unusual expression “kings of hosts” sounds very much like an ironically disparaging antithesis to the customary “Jahve of Hosts” (Böttcher). He, the Lord, interposes, and they are obliged to flee, staggering as they go, to retreat, and that, as the anadiplosis (cf.
Jdg 5:7; Jdg 19:20) depicts, far away, in every direction. The fut. energicum with its ultima -accentuation gives intensity to the pictorial expression. The victors then turn homewards laden with rich spoils. נות בּית, here in a collective sense, is the wife who stays at home (Jdg 5:24) while the husband goes forth to battle. It is not: the ornament (נוה as in Jer 6:2) of the house, which Luther, with the lxx, Vulgate, and Syriac, adopts in his version, but: the dweller or homely one (cf.
נות, a dwelling-lace, Job 8:6) of the house, ἡ οἰκουρός. The dividing of the spoil elsewhere belongs to the victors; what is meant here is the distribution of the portions of the spoil that have fallen to the individual victors, the further distribution of which is left for the housewife (Jdg 5:30. , 2Sa 1:24). Ewald now recognises in Psa 68:14. the words of an ancient song of victory; but v.
13 b is unsuitable to introduce them. The language of address in Psa 68:14 is the poet’s own, and he here describes the condition of the people who are victorious by the help of their God, and who again dwell peaceably in the land after the war. אם passes out of the hypothetical signification into the temporal, as e. g. , in Job 14:14 (vid. , on Psa 59:16). The lying down among the sheep-folds (שׁפתּים = משׁפּתים, cf.
שׁפט, משׁפּט, the staked-in folds or pens consisting of hurdles standing two by two over against one another) is an emblem of thriving peace, which (like Psa 68:8, Psa 68:28) points back to Deborah’s song, Jdg 5:16, cf. Gen 49:14. Just such a time is now also before Israel, a time of peaceful prosperity enhanced by rich spoils. Everything shall glitter and gleam with silver and gold.
Israel is God’s turtle-dove, Psa 74:19, cf. Psa 56:1, Hos 7:11; Hos 11:11. Hence the new circumstances of ease and comfort are likened to the varied hues of a dove disporting itself in the sun. Its wings are as though overlaid with silver (נחפּה, not 3. praet, but part. fem. Niph . as predicate to כּנפי, cf. 1Sa 4:15; Mic 4:11; Mic 1:9; Ew. §317 a ), therefore like silver wings (cf.
Ovid, Metam . ii. 537: Niveis argentea pennis Ales ); and its pinions with gold-green, and that, as the reduplicated form implies, with the iridescent or glistening hue of the finest gold (חרוּץ, not dull, but shining gold). Side by side with this bold simile there appears in v. 15 an equally bold but contrastive figure, which, turning a step or two backward, likewise vividly illustrates the results of their God-given victory.
The suffix of בּהּ refers to the land of Israel, as in Isa 8:21; Isa 65:9. צלמום, according to the usage of the language so far as it is now preserved to us, is not a common noun: deep darkness (Targum = צלמות), it is the name of a mountain in Ephraim, the trees of which Abimelech transported in order to set fire to the tower of Shechem (Jdg 9:48.) The Talmudic literature was acquainted with a river taking its rise there, and also somewhat frequently mentions a locality bearing a similar name to that of the mountain.
The mention of this mountain may in a general way be rendered intelligible by the consideration that, like Shiloh (Gen 49:10), it is situated about in the centre of the Holy Land. השׁליג signifies to bring forth snow, or even, like Arab. aṯlj , to become snow-white; this Hiph . is not a word descriptive of colour, like הלבּין. Since the protasis is בּפרשׂ, and not בּפרשׂך, תּשׁלג is intended to be impersonal (cf.
Psa 50:3; Amo 4:7, Mich. Psa 3:6); and the voluntative form is explained from its use in apodoses of hypothetical protases (Ges. §128, 2). It indicates the issue to which, on the supposition of the other, it must and shall come. The words are therefore to be rendered: then it snows on Zalmon; and the snowing is either an emblem of the glistening spoil that falls into their hands in such abundance, or it is a figure of the becoming white, whether from bleached bones (cf.
Virgil, Aen . v. 865: albi ossibus scopuli ; xii. 36: campi ossibus albent ; Ovid, Fasti i. 558: humanis ossibus albet humus ) or even from the naked corpses (2Sa 1:19, על־בּמותיך חלל). Whether we consider the point of comparison to lie in the spoil being abundant as the flakes of snow, and like to the dazzling snow in brilliancy, or in the white pallid corpses, at any rate בּצלמון is not equivalent to כּבצלמון, but what follows “when the Almighty scatters kings therein” is illustrated by Zalmon itself.
In the one case Zalmon is represented as the battle-ground (cf. Psa 110:6), in the other (which better corresponds to the nature of a wooded mountain) as a place of concealment. The protasis בפרשׂ וגו favours the latter; for פּרשׂ signifies to spread wide apart, to cause a compact whole - and the host of “the kings” is conceived of as such - to fly far asunder into many parts (Zec 2:10, cf.
the Niph . in Eze 17:21). The hostile host disperses in all directions, and Zalmon glitters, as it were with snow, from the spoil that is dropped by those who flee. Homer also ( Iliad , xix. 357-361) likens the mass of assembled helmets, shields, armour, and lances to the spectacle of a dense fall of snow. In this passage of the Psalm before us still more than in Homer it is the spectacle of the fallen and far seen glistening snow that also is brought into the comparison, and not merely that which is falling and that which covers everything (vid.
, Iliad , xii. 277ff.) The figure is the pendant of the figure of the dove.
Psa 68:11-14 The futures that now follow are no longer to be understood as referring to previous history; they no longer alternate with preterites. Moreover the transition to the language of address in Psa 68:14 shows that the poet here looks forth from his present time and circumstances into the future; and the introduction of the divine name אדני, after Elohim has been used eleven times, is an indication of a new commencement.
The prosperous condition in which God places His church by giving it the hostile powers of the world as a spoil is depicted. The noun אמר, never occurring in the genitival relationship, and never with a suffix, because the specific character of the form would be thereby obliterated, always denotes an important utterance, more particularly God’s word of promise (Psa 77:9), or His word of power (Hab 3:9), which is represented elsewhere as a mighty voice of thunder (Psa 68:34, Isa 30:30), or a trumpet-blast (Zec 9:14); in the present instance it is the word of power by which the Lord suddenly changes the condition of His oppressed church.
The entirely new state of things which this omnipotent behest as it were conjures into existence is presented to the mind in v. 12 b : the women who proclaim the tidings of victory - a great host. Victory and triumph follow upon God’s אמר, as upon His creative יהי. The deliverance of Israel from the army of Pharaoh, the deliverance out of the hand of Jabin by the defeat of Sisera, the victory of Jephthah over the Ammonites, and the victorious single combat of David with Goliath were celebrated by singing women.
God’s decisive word shall also go forth this time, and of the evangelists, like Miriam (Mirjam) and Deborah, there shall be a great host. Psa 68:12 describes the subject of this triumphant exultation. Hupfeld regards Psa 68:13-15 as the song of victory itself, the fragment of an ancient triumphal ode ( epinikion ) reproduced here; but there is nothing standing in the way that should forbid our here regarding these verses as a direct continuation of Psa 68:12.
The “hosts” are the numerous well-equipped armies which the kings of the heathen lead forth to the battle against the people of God. The unusual expression “kings of hosts” sounds very much like an ironically disparaging antithesis to the customary “Jahve of Hosts” (Böttcher). He, the Lord, interposes, and they are obliged to flee, staggering as they go, to retreat, and that, as the anadiplosis (cf.
Jdg 5:7; Jdg 19:20) depicts, far away, in every direction. The fut. energicum with its ultima -accentuation gives intensity to the pictorial expression. The victors then turn homewards laden with rich spoils. נות בּית, here in a collective sense, is the wife who stays at home (Jdg 5:24) while the husband goes forth to battle. It is not: the ornament (נוה as in Jer 6:2) of the house, which Luther, with the lxx, Vulgate, and Syriac, adopts in his version, but: the dweller or homely one (cf.
נות, a dwelling-lace, Job 8:6) of the house, ἡ οἰκουρός. The dividing of the spoil elsewhere belongs to the victors; what is meant here is the distribution of the portions of the spoil that have fallen to the individual victors, the further distribution of which is left for the housewife (Jdg 5:30. , 2Sa 1:24). Ewald now recognises in Psa 68:14. the words of an ancient song of victory; but v.
13 b is unsuitable to introduce them. The language of address in Psa 68:14 is the poet’s own, and he here describes the condition of the people who are victorious by the help of their God, and who again dwell peaceably in the land after the war. אם passes out of the hypothetical signification into the temporal, as e. g. , in Job 14:14 (vid. , on Psa 59:16). The lying down among the sheep-folds (שׁפתּים = משׁפּתים, cf.
שׁפט, משׁפּט, the staked-in folds or pens consisting of hurdles standing two by two over against one another) is an emblem of thriving peace, which (like Psa 68:8, Psa 68:28) points back to Deborah’s song, Jdg 5:16, cf. Gen 49:14. Just such a time is now also before Israel, a time of peaceful prosperity enhanced by rich spoils. Everything shall glitter and gleam with silver and gold.
Israel is God’s turtle-dove, Psa 74:19, cf. Psa 56:1, Hos 7:11; Hos 11:11. Hence the new circumstances of ease and comfort are likened to the varied hues of a dove disporting itself in the sun. Its wings are as though overlaid with silver (נחפּה, not 3. praet, but part. fem. Niph . as predicate to כּנפי, cf. 1Sa 4:15; Mic 4:11; Mic 1:9; Ew. §317 a ), therefore like silver wings (cf.
Ovid, Metam . ii. 537: Niveis argentea pennis Ales ); and its pinions with gold-green, and that, as the reduplicated form implies, with the iridescent or glistening hue of the finest gold (חרוּץ, not dull, but shining gold). Side by side with this bold simile there appears in v. 15 an equally bold but contrastive figure, which, turning a step or two backward, likewise vividly illustrates the results of their God-given victory.
The suffix of בּהּ refers to the land of Israel, as in Isa 8:21; Isa 65:9. צלמום, according to the usage of the language so far as it is now preserved to us, is not a common noun: deep darkness (Targum = צלמות), it is the name of a mountain in Ephraim, the trees of which Abimelech transported in order to set fire to the tower of Shechem (Jdg 9:48.) The Talmudic literature was acquainted with a river taking its rise there, and also somewhat frequently mentions a locality bearing a similar name to that of the mountain.
The mention of this mountain may in a general way be rendered intelligible by the consideration that, like Shiloh (Gen 49:10), it is situated about in the centre of the Holy Land. השׁליג signifies to bring forth snow, or even, like Arab. aṯlj , to become snow-white; this Hiph . is not a word descriptive of colour, like הלבּין. Since the protasis is בּפרשׂ, and not בּפרשׂך, תּשׁלג is intended to be impersonal (cf.
Psa 50:3; Amo 4:7, Mich. Psa 3:6); and the voluntative form is explained from its use in apodoses of hypothetical protases (Ges. §128, 2). It indicates the issue to which, on the supposition of the other, it must and shall come. The words are therefore to be rendered: then it snows on Zalmon; and the snowing is either an emblem of the glistening spoil that falls into their hands in such abundance, or it is a figure of the becoming white, whether from bleached bones (cf.
Virgil, Aen . v. 865: albi ossibus scopuli ; xii. 36: campi ossibus albent ; Ovid, Fasti i. 558: humanis ossibus albet humus ) or even from the naked corpses (2Sa 1:19, על־בּמותיך חלל). Whether we consider the point of comparison to lie in the spoil being abundant as the flakes of snow, and like to the dazzling snow in brilliancy, or in the white pallid corpses, at any rate בּצלמון is not equivalent to כּבצלמון, but what follows “when the Almighty scatters kings therein” is illustrated by Zalmon itself.
In the one case Zalmon is represented as the battle-ground (cf. Psa 110:6), in the other (which better corresponds to the nature of a wooded mountain) as a place of concealment. The protasis בפרשׂ וגו favours the latter; for פּרשׂ signifies to spread wide apart, to cause a compact whole - and the host of “the kings” is conceived of as such - to fly far asunder into many parts (Zec 2:10, cf.
the Niph . in Eze 17:21). The hostile host disperses in all directions, and Zalmon glitters, as it were with snow, from the spoil that is dropped by those who flee. Homer also ( Iliad , xix. 357-361) likens the mass of assembled helmets, shields, armour, and lances to the spectacle of a dense fall of snow. In this passage of the Psalm before us still more than in Homer it is the spectacle of the fallen and far seen glistening snow that also is brought into the comparison, and not merely that which is falling and that which covers everything (vid.
, Iliad , xii. 277ff.) The figure is the pendant of the figure of the dove.
Psa 68:11-14 The futures that now follow are no longer to be understood as referring to previous history; they no longer alternate with preterites. Moreover the transition to the language of address in Psa 68:14 shows that the poet here looks forth from his present time and circumstances into the future; and the introduction of the divine name אדני, after Elohim has been used eleven times, is an indication of a new commencement.
The prosperous condition in which God places His church by giving it the hostile powers of the world as a spoil is depicted. The noun אמר, never occurring in the genitival relationship, and never with a suffix, because the specific character of the form would be thereby obliterated, always denotes an important utterance, more particularly God’s word of promise (Psa 77:9), or His word of power (Hab 3:9), which is represented elsewhere as a mighty voice of thunder (Psa 68:34, Isa 30:30), or a trumpet-blast (Zec 9:14); in the present instance it is the word of power by which the Lord suddenly changes the condition of His oppressed church.
The entirely new state of things which this omnipotent behest as it were conjures into existence is presented to the mind in v. 12 b : the women who proclaim the tidings of victory - a great host. Victory and triumph follow upon God’s אמר, as upon His creative יהי. The deliverance of Israel from the army of Pharaoh, the deliverance out of the hand of Jabin by the defeat of Sisera, the victory of Jephthah over the Ammonites, and the victorious single combat of David with Goliath were celebrated by singing women.
God’s decisive word shall also go forth this time, and of the evangelists, like Miriam (Mirjam) and Deborah, there shall be a great host. Psa 68:12 describes the subject of this triumphant exultation. Hupfeld regards Psa 68:13-15 as the song of victory itself, the fragment of an ancient triumphal ode ( epinikion ) reproduced here; but there is nothing standing in the way that should forbid our here regarding these verses as a direct continuation of Psa 68:12.
The “hosts” are the numerous well-equipped armies which the kings of the heathen lead forth to the battle against the people of God. The unusual expression “kings of hosts” sounds very much like an ironically disparaging antithesis to the customary “Jahve of Hosts” (Böttcher). He, the Lord, interposes, and they are obliged to flee, staggering as they go, to retreat, and that, as the anadiplosis (cf.
Jdg 5:7; Jdg 19:20) depicts, far away, in every direction. The fut. energicum with its ultima -accentuation gives intensity to the pictorial expression. The victors then turn homewards laden with rich spoils. נות בּית, here in a collective sense, is the wife who stays at home (Jdg 5:24) while the husband goes forth to battle. It is not: the ornament (נוה as in Jer 6:2) of the house, which Luther, with the lxx, Vulgate, and Syriac, adopts in his version, but: the dweller or homely one (cf.
נות, a dwelling-lace, Job 8:6) of the house, ἡ οἰκουρός. The dividing of the spoil elsewhere belongs to the victors; what is meant here is the distribution of the portions of the spoil that have fallen to the individual victors, the further distribution of which is left for the housewife (Jdg 5:30. , 2Sa 1:24). Ewald now recognises in Psa 68:14. the words of an ancient song of victory; but v.
13 b is unsuitable to introduce them. The language of address in Psa 68:14 is the poet’s own, and he here describes the condition of the people who are victorious by the help of their God, and who again dwell peaceably in the land after the war. אם passes out of the hypothetical signification into the temporal, as e. g. , in Job 14:14 (vid. , on Psa 59:16). The lying down among the sheep-folds (שׁפתּים = משׁפּתים, cf.
שׁפט, משׁפּט, the staked-in folds or pens consisting of hurdles standing two by two over against one another) is an emblem of thriving peace, which (like Psa 68:8, Psa 68:28) points back to Deborah’s song, Jdg 5:16, cf. Gen 49:14. Just such a time is now also before Israel, a time of peaceful prosperity enhanced by rich spoils. Everything shall glitter and gleam with silver and gold.
Israel is God’s turtle-dove, Psa 74:19, cf. Psa 56:1, Hos 7:11; Hos 11:11. Hence the new circumstances of ease and comfort are likened to the varied hues of a dove disporting itself in the sun. Its wings are as though overlaid with silver (נחפּה, not 3. praet, but part. fem. Niph . as predicate to כּנפי, cf. 1Sa 4:15; Mic 4:11; Mic 1:9; Ew. §317 a ), therefore like silver wings (cf.
Ovid, Metam . ii. 537: Niveis argentea pennis Ales ); and its pinions with gold-green, and that, as the reduplicated form implies, with the iridescent or glistening hue of the finest gold (חרוּץ, not dull, but shining gold). Side by side with this bold simile there appears in v. 15 an equally bold but contrastive figure, which, turning a step or two backward, likewise vividly illustrates the results of their God-given victory.
The suffix of בּהּ refers to the land of Israel, as in Isa 8:21; Isa 65:9. צלמום, according to the usage of the language so far as it is now preserved to us, is not a common noun: deep darkness (Targum = צלמות), it is the name of a mountain in Ephraim, the trees of which Abimelech transported in order to set fire to the tower of Shechem (Jdg 9:48.) The Talmudic literature was acquainted with a river taking its rise there, and also somewhat frequently mentions a locality bearing a similar name to that of the mountain.
The mention of this mountain may in a general way be rendered intelligible by the consideration that, like Shiloh (Gen 49:10), it is situated about in the centre of the Holy Land. השׁליג signifies to bring forth snow, or even, like Arab. aṯlj , to become snow-white; this Hiph . is not a word descriptive of colour, like הלבּין. Since the protasis is בּפרשׂ, and not בּפרשׂך, תּשׁלג is intended to be impersonal (cf.
Psa 50:3; Amo 4:7, Mich. Psa 3:6); and the voluntative form is explained from its use in apodoses of hypothetical protases (Ges. §128, 2). It indicates the issue to which, on the supposition of the other, it must and shall come. The words are therefore to be rendered: then it snows on Zalmon; and the snowing is either an emblem of the glistening spoil that falls into their hands in such abundance, or it is a figure of the becoming white, whether from bleached bones (cf.
Virgil, Aen . v. 865: albi ossibus scopuli ; xii. 36: campi ossibus albent ; Ovid, Fasti i. 558: humanis ossibus albet humus ) or even from the naked corpses (2Sa 1:19, על־בּמותיך חלל). Whether we consider the point of comparison to lie in the spoil being abundant as the flakes of snow, and like to the dazzling snow in brilliancy, or in the white pallid corpses, at any rate בּצלמון is not equivalent to כּבצלמון, but what follows “when the Almighty scatters kings therein” is illustrated by Zalmon itself.
In the one case Zalmon is represented as the battle-ground (cf. Psa 110:6), in the other (which better corresponds to the nature of a wooded mountain) as a place of concealment. The protasis בפרשׂ וגו favours the latter; for פּרשׂ signifies to spread wide apart, to cause a compact whole - and the host of “the kings” is conceived of as such - to fly far asunder into many parts (Zec 2:10, cf.
the Niph . in Eze 17:21). The hostile host disperses in all directions, and Zalmon glitters, as it were with snow, from the spoil that is dropped by those who flee. Homer also ( Iliad , xix. 357-361) likens the mass of assembled helmets, shields, armour, and lances to the spectacle of a dense fall of snow. In this passage of the Psalm before us still more than in Homer it is the spectacle of the fallen and far seen glistening snow that also is brought into the comparison, and not merely that which is falling and that which covers everything (vid.
, Iliad , xii. 277ff.) The figure is the pendant of the figure of the dove.
Psa 68:15-18 This victory of Israel over the kings of the Gentiles gives the poet the joyful assurance that Zion is the inaccessible dwelling-place of Elohim, the God of the heavenly hosts. The mention of Zalmon leads him to mention other mountains. He uses the mountains of Bashan as an emblem of the hostile powers east of Jordan. These stand over against the people of God, as the mighty mountains of Bashan rising in steep, only slightly flattened peaks, to little hill-like Zion.
In the land on this side Jordan the limestone and chalk formation with intermingled strata of sandstone predominates; the mountains of Bashan, however, are throughout volcanic, consisting of slag, lava, and more particularly basalt ( basanites ), which has apparently taken its name from Bashan (Basan). As a basalt range the mountains of Bashan are conspicuous among other creations of God, and are therefore called “the mountain of Elohim:” the basalt rises in the form of a cone with the top lopped off, or even towers aloft like so many columns precipitous and rugged to sharp points; hence the mountains of Bashan are called הר גּבננּים, i.
e. , a mountain range (for הר, as is well known, signifies both the single eminence and the range of summits) of many peaks = a many-peaked mountain; גּבנן is an adjective like רענן, אמלל. With this boldly formed mass of rock so gloomily majestic, giving the impression of antiquity and of invincibleness, when compared with the ranges on the other side of unstable porous limestone and softer formations, more particularly with Zion, it is an emblem of the world and its powers standing over against the people of God as a threatening and seemingly invincible colossus.
The poet asks these mountains of Bashan “why,” etc.? רצד is explained from the Arabic rṣd , which, in accordance with its root Arab. rṣ , signifies to cleave firmly to a place ( firmiter inhaesit loco ), properly used of a beast of prey couching down and lying in wait for prey, of a hunter on the catch, and of an enemy in ambush; hence then: to lie in wait for, lurk, ἐνεδρεύειν, craftily, insidiose (whence râṣid , a lier-in-wait, tarraṣṣud , an ambush), here: to regard enviously, invidiose .
In Arabic, just as in this instance, it is construed as a direct transitive with an accusative of the object, whereas the original signification would lead one to look for a dative of the object (רצד ל), which does also really occur in the common Arabic. Olewejored is placed by גבננים, but what follows is not, after all, the answer: “the mountain - Elohim has chosen it as the seat of His throne,” but ההר is the object of the interrogative clause: Quare indiviose observatis, montes cacuminosi, hunc montem (δεικτικῶς: that Zion yonder), quem , etc.
(an attributive clause after the determinate substantive, as in Psa 52:9; Psa 89:50, and many other instances, contrary to the Arabic rule of style). Now for the first time, in Psa 68:17 , follows that which is boastfully and defiantly contrasted with the proud mountains: “Jahve will also dwell for ever;” not only that Elohim has chosen Zion as the seat of His throne, it will also continue to be the seat of His throne, Jahve will continue to dwell [there] for ever.
Grace is superior to nature, and the church superior to the world, powerful and majestic as this may seem to be. Zion maintains its honour over against the mountains of Bashan.
Psa 68:15-18 This victory of Israel over the kings of the Gentiles gives the poet the joyful assurance that Zion is the inaccessible dwelling-place of Elohim, the God of the heavenly hosts. The mention of Zalmon leads him to mention other mountains. He uses the mountains of Bashan as an emblem of the hostile powers east of Jordan. These stand over against the people of God, as the mighty mountains of Bashan rising in steep, only slightly flattened peaks, to little hill-like Zion.
In the land on this side Jordan the limestone and chalk formation with intermingled strata of sandstone predominates; the mountains of Bashan, however, are throughout volcanic, consisting of slag, lava, and more particularly basalt ( basanites ), which has apparently taken its name from Bashan (Basan). As a basalt range the mountains of Bashan are conspicuous among other creations of God, and are therefore called “the mountain of Elohim:” the basalt rises in the form of a cone with the top lopped off, or even towers aloft like so many columns precipitous and rugged to sharp points; hence the mountains of Bashan are called הר גּבננּים, i.
e. , a mountain range (for הר, as is well known, signifies both the single eminence and the range of summits) of many peaks = a many-peaked mountain; גּבנן is an adjective like רענן, אמלל. With this boldly formed mass of rock so gloomily majestic, giving the impression of antiquity and of invincibleness, when compared with the ranges on the other side of unstable porous limestone and softer formations, more particularly with Zion, it is an emblem of the world and its powers standing over against the people of God as a threatening and seemingly invincible colossus.
The poet asks these mountains of Bashan “why,” etc.? רצד is explained from the Arabic rṣd , which, in accordance with its root Arab. rṣ , signifies to cleave firmly to a place ( firmiter inhaesit loco ), properly used of a beast of prey couching down and lying in wait for prey, of a hunter on the catch, and of an enemy in ambush; hence then: to lie in wait for, lurk, ἐνεδρεύειν, craftily, insidiose (whence râṣid , a lier-in-wait, tarraṣṣud , an ambush), here: to regard enviously, invidiose .
In Arabic, just as in this instance, it is construed as a direct transitive with an accusative of the object, whereas the original signification would lead one to look for a dative of the object (רצד ל), which does also really occur in the common Arabic. Olewejored is placed by גבננים, but what follows is not, after all, the answer: “the mountain - Elohim has chosen it as the seat of His throne,” but ההר is the object of the interrogative clause: Quare indiviose observatis, montes cacuminosi, hunc montem (δεικτικῶς: that Zion yonder), quem , etc.
(an attributive clause after the determinate substantive, as in Psa 52:9; Psa 89:50, and many other instances, contrary to the Arabic rule of style). Now for the first time, in Psa 68:17 , follows that which is boastfully and defiantly contrasted with the proud mountains: “Jahve will also dwell for ever;” not only that Elohim has chosen Zion as the seat of His throne, it will also continue to be the seat of His throne, Jahve will continue to dwell [there] for ever.
Grace is superior to nature, and the church superior to the world, powerful and majestic as this may seem to be. Zion maintains its honour over against the mountains of Bashan.
Psa 68:15-18 This victory of Israel over the kings of the Gentiles gives the poet the joyful assurance that Zion is the inaccessible dwelling-place of Elohim, the God of the heavenly hosts. The mention of Zalmon leads him to mention other mountains. He uses the mountains of Bashan as an emblem of the hostile powers east of Jordan. These stand over against the people of God, as the mighty mountains of Bashan rising in steep, only slightly flattened peaks, to little hill-like Zion.
In the land on this side Jordan the limestone and chalk formation with intermingled strata of sandstone predominates; the mountains of Bashan, however, are throughout volcanic, consisting of slag, lava, and more particularly basalt ( basanites ), which has apparently taken its name from Bashan (Basan). As a basalt range the mountains of Bashan are conspicuous among other creations of God, and are therefore called “the mountain of Elohim:” the basalt rises in the form of a cone with the top lopped off, or even towers aloft like so many columns precipitous and rugged to sharp points; hence the mountains of Bashan are called הר גּבננּים, i.
e. , a mountain range (for הר, as is well known, signifies both the single eminence and the range of summits) of many peaks = a many-peaked mountain; גּבנן is an adjective like רענן, אמלל. With this boldly formed mass of rock so gloomily majestic, giving the impression of antiquity and of invincibleness, when compared with the ranges on the other side of unstable porous limestone and softer formations, more particularly with Zion, it is an emblem of the world and its powers standing over against the people of God as a threatening and seemingly invincible colossus.
The poet asks these mountains of Bashan “why,” etc.? רצד is explained from the Arabic rṣd , which, in accordance with its root Arab. rṣ , signifies to cleave firmly to a place ( firmiter inhaesit loco ), properly used of a beast of prey couching down and lying in wait for prey, of a hunter on the catch, and of an enemy in ambush; hence then: to lie in wait for, lurk, ἐνεδρεύειν, craftily, insidiose (whence râṣid , a lier-in-wait, tarraṣṣud , an ambush), here: to regard enviously, invidiose .
In Arabic, just as in this instance, it is construed as a direct transitive with an accusative of the object, whereas the original signification would lead one to look for a dative of the object (רצד ל), which does also really occur in the common Arabic. Olewejored is placed by גבננים, but what follows is not, after all, the answer: “the mountain - Elohim has chosen it as the seat of His throne,” but ההר is the object of the interrogative clause: Quare indiviose observatis, montes cacuminosi, hunc montem (δεικτικῶς: that Zion yonder), quem , etc.
(an attributive clause after the determinate substantive, as in Psa 52:9; Psa 89:50, and many other instances, contrary to the Arabic rule of style). Now for the first time, in Psa 68:17 , follows that which is boastfully and defiantly contrasted with the proud mountains: “Jahve will also dwell for ever;” not only that Elohim has chosen Zion as the seat of His throne, it will also continue to be the seat of His throne, Jahve will continue to dwell [there] for ever.
Grace is superior to nature, and the church superior to the world, powerful and majestic as this may seem to be. Zion maintains its honour over against the mountains of Bashan.
Psa 68:15-18 This victory of Israel over the kings of the Gentiles gives the poet the joyful assurance that Zion is the inaccessible dwelling-place of Elohim, the God of the heavenly hosts. The mention of Zalmon leads him to mention other mountains. He uses the mountains of Bashan as an emblem of the hostile powers east of Jordan. These stand over against the people of God, as the mighty mountains of Bashan rising in steep, only slightly flattened peaks, to little hill-like Zion.
In the land on this side Jordan the limestone and chalk formation with intermingled strata of sandstone predominates; the mountains of Bashan, however, are throughout volcanic, consisting of slag, lava, and more particularly basalt ( basanites ), which has apparently taken its name from Bashan (Basan). As a basalt range the mountains of Bashan are conspicuous among other creations of God, and are therefore called “the mountain of Elohim:” the basalt rises in the form of a cone with the top lopped off, or even towers aloft like so many columns precipitous and rugged to sharp points; hence the mountains of Bashan are called הר גּבננּים, i.
e. , a mountain range (for הר, as is well known, signifies both the single eminence and the range of summits) of many peaks = a many-peaked mountain; גּבנן is an adjective like רענן, אמלל. With this boldly formed mass of rock so gloomily majestic, giving the impression of antiquity and of invincibleness, when compared with the ranges on the other side of unstable porous limestone and softer formations, more particularly with Zion, it is an emblem of the world and its powers standing over against the people of God as a threatening and seemingly invincible colossus.
The poet asks these mountains of Bashan “why,” etc.? רצד is explained from the Arabic rṣd , which, in accordance with its root Arab. rṣ , signifies to cleave firmly to a place ( firmiter inhaesit loco ), properly used of a beast of prey couching down and lying in wait for prey, of a hunter on the catch, and of an enemy in ambush; hence then: to lie in wait for, lurk, ἐνεδρεύειν, craftily, insidiose (whence râṣid , a lier-in-wait, tarraṣṣud , an ambush), here: to regard enviously, invidiose .
In Arabic, just as in this instance, it is construed as a direct transitive with an accusative of the object, whereas the original signification would lead one to look for a dative of the object (רצד ל), which does also really occur in the common Arabic. Olewejored is placed by גבננים, but what follows is not, after all, the answer: “the mountain - Elohim has chosen it as the seat of His throne,” but ההר is the object of the interrogative clause: Quare indiviose observatis, montes cacuminosi, hunc montem (δεικτικῶς: that Zion yonder), quem , etc.
(an attributive clause after the determinate substantive, as in Psa 52:9; Psa 89:50, and many other instances, contrary to the Arabic rule of style). Now for the first time, in Psa 68:17 , follows that which is boastfully and defiantly contrasted with the proud mountains: “Jahve will also dwell for ever;” not only that Elohim has chosen Zion as the seat of His throne, it will also continue to be the seat of His throne, Jahve will continue to dwell [there] for ever.
Grace is superior to nature, and the church superior to the world, powerful and majestic as this may seem to be. Zion maintains its honour over against the mountains of Bashan.
Psa 68:19-27 Now begins the second circuit of the hymn. Comforted by the majestic picture of the future that he has beheld, the poet returns to the present, in which Israel is still oppressed, but yet not forsaken by God. The translation follows the accentuation, regular and in accordance with the sense, which has been restored by Baer after Heidenheim, viz.
, אדני has Zarka , and יעמס לנוּ Olewejored preceded by the sub-distinctive Rebia parvum ; it is therefore: Benedictus Dominator: quotidie bajulat nobis , - with which the Targum, Rashi, and Kimchi agree. עמס, like נשׂא and סבל, unites the significations to lay a burden upon one (Zec 12:3; Isa 46:1, Isa 46:3), and to carry a burden; with על it signifies to lay a burden upon any one, here with ל to take up a burden for any one and to bear it for him.
It is the burden or pressure of the hostile world that is meant, which the Lord day by day helps His church to bear, inasmuch as He is mighty by His strength in her who of herself is so feeble. The divine name אל, as being the subject of the sentence, is האל: God is our salvation. The music here again strikes in forte , and the same thought that is emphasized by the music in its turn, is also repeated in Psa 68:21 with heightened expression: God is to us a God למושׁעות, who grants us help in rich abundance.
The pluralet . denotes not so much the many single proofs of help, as the riches of rescuing power and grace. In Psa 68:21 למּות corresponds to the לנוּ; for it is not to be construed תּוצאות למּות: Jahve’s, the Lord, are the outgoings to death (Böttcher), i. e. , He can command that one shall not fall a prey to death. תוצאות, the parallel word to מושׁעות, signifies, and it is the most natural meaning, the escapings; יצא, evadere , as in 1Sa 14:41; 2Ki 13:5; Ecc 7:18.
In Jahve’s power are means of deliverance for death, i. e. , even for those who are already abandoned to death. With אך a joyously assuring inference is drawn from that which God is to Israel. The parallelism of the correctly divided verse shows that ראשׁ here, as in Psa 110:6, signifies caput in the literal sense, and not in the sense of princeps . The hair-covered scalp is mentioned as a token of arrogant strength, and unhumbled and impenitent pride, as in Deu 32:42, and as the Attic koma'n directly signifies to strut along, give one’s self airs.
The genitival construction is the same as in Isa 28:1 , Isa 32:13 . The form of expression refers back to Num 24:17, and so to speak inflects this primary passage very similarly to Jer 48:45. If קדקד שׂער be an object, then ראשׁ ought also to be a second object (that of the member of the body); the order of the words does not in itself forbid this (cf. Psa 3:8 with Deu 33:11), but would require a different arrangement in order to avoid ambiguities.
In Psa 68:23 the poet hears a divine utterance, or records one that he has heard: “From Bashan will I bring back, I will bring back from the eddies of the sea (from צוּל = צלל, to whiz, rattle; to whirl, eddy), i. e. , the depths or abysses of the sea. ” Whom? When after the destruction of Jerusalem a ship set sail for Rome with a freight of distinguished and well-formed captives before whom was the disgrace of prostitution, they all threw themselves into the sea, comforting themselves with this passage of Scripture ( Gittin 57 b , cf.
Echa Rabbathi 66 a ). They therefore took Psa 68:23 to be a promise which has Israel as its object; but the clause expressing a purpose, Psa 68:24, and the paraphrase in Amo 9:2. , show that the foes of Israel are conceived of as its object. Even if these have hidden themselves in the most out-of-the-way places, God will fetch them back and make His own people the executioners of His justice upon them.
The expectation is that the flight of the defeated foes will take a southernly direction, and that they will hide themselves in the primeval forests of Bashan, and still farther southward in the depths of the sea, i. e. , of the Dead Sea (ים as in Isa 16:8; 2Ch 20:2). Opposite to the hiding in the forests of the mountainous Bashan stands the hiding in the abyss of the sea, as the extreme of remoteness, that which is in itself impossible being assumed as possible.
The first member of the clause expressing the purpose, Psa 68:24, becomes more easy and pleasing if we read תּרחץ (lxx, Syriac, and Vulgate, ut intingatur ), according to Psa 58:11. So far as the letters are concerned, the conjecture תּחמץ (from which תמחץ, according to Chajug', is transposed), after Isa 63:1, is still more natural (Hitzig): that thy foot may redden itself in blood.
This is certainly somewhat tame, and moreover מדּם would be better suited to this rendering than בּדם. As the text now stands, תּמחץ is equivalent to תּמחצם (them, viz. , the enemies), and רגלך בּדם is an adverbial clause (setting or plunging thy foot in blood). It is, however, also possible that מחץ is used like Arab. machaḍa ( vehementer commovere ): ut concutias s.
agites pedem tuam in sanguine . Can it now be that in Psa 68:24 from among the number of the enemies of the one who goes about glorying in his sins, the רשׁע κατ ̓ ἐξοχήν (cf. Isa 11:4; Hab 3:13, and other passages), is brought prominently forward by מנּהוּ? Hardly so; the absence of תּלק ( lambat ) cannot be tolerated, cf. 1Ki 21:19; 1Ki 22:38. It is more natural, with Simonis, to refer מנּהוּ back to לשׁון (a word which is usually fem .
, but sometimes perhaps is masc . , Psa 22:16; Pro 26:28); and, since side by side with ממּנוּ only מנהוּ occurs anywhere else (Ew. §263, b ), to take it in the signification pars ejus (מן from מנן = מגה, after the form גּז, חן, קץ, of the same meaning as מגה, מנת, Psa 63:11), in favour of which Hupfeld also decides. What is now described in Psa 68:25-28, is not the rejoicing over a victory gained in the immediate past, nor the rejoicing over the earlier deliverance at the Red Sea, but Israel’s joyful celebration when it shall have experienced the avenging and redemptive work of its God and King.
According to Psa 77:14; Hab 3:6, הליכות appears to be God’s march against the enemy; but what follows shows that the pompa magnifica of God is intended, after He has overcome the enemy. Israel’s festival of victory is looked upon as a triumphal procession of God Himself, the King, who governs in holiness, and has now subjugated and humbled the unholy world; בּקּדשׁ as in Psa 68:18.
The rendering “in the sanctuary' is very natural in this passage, but Exo 15:11; Psa 77:14, are against it. The subject of ראוּ is all the world, more especially those of the heathen who have escaped the slaughter. The perfect signifies: they have seen, just as קדּמוּ, they have occupied the front position. Singers head the procession, after them (אחר, an adverb as in Gen 22:13; Exo 5:1) players upon citherns and harps (נגנים, participle to נגּן), and on either side virgins with timbrels (Spanish adufe ); תּופפות, apocopated part.
Poel with the retension of ē (cf. שׁוקקה, Psa 107:9), from תּפף, to strike the תּף (Arab. duff ). It is a retrospective reference to the song at the Sea, now again come into life, which Miriam and the women of Israel sang amidst the music of timbrels. The deliverance which is now being celebrated is the counterpart of the deliverance out of Egypt. Songs resound as in Psa 68:27, “in gatherings of the congregation (and, so to speak, in full choirs) praise ye Elohim.
” מקהלות (מקהלים, Psa 26:12) is the plural to קהל (Psa 22:23), which forms none of its own (cf. post-biblical קהלּות from קהלּה). Psa 68:27 is abridged from ברכו אדני אשׁר אתם ממקור ישראל, praise ye the Lord, ye who have Israel for your fountainhead. אדני, in accordance with the sense, has Mugrash. Israel is here the name of the patriarch, from whom as from its fountainhead the nation has spread itself abroad; cf.
Isa 48:1; Isa 51:1, and as to the syntax ממּך, those who descend from thee, Isa 58:12. In the festive assembly all the tribes of Israel are represented by their princes. Two each from the southern and northern tribes are mentioned. Out of Benjamin was Israel’s first king, the first royal victor over the Gentiles; and in Benjamin, according to the promise (Deu 33:12) and according to the accounts of the boundaries (Jos 18:16.
, Jos 15:7.) , lay the sanctuary of Israel. Thus, therefore, the tribe which, according both to order of birth (Gen 43:29.) and also extent of jurisdiction and numbers (1Sa 9:21), was “little,” was honoured beyond the others. Judah, however, came to the throne in the person of David, and became for ever the royal tribe. Zebulun and Naphtali are the tribes highly praised in Deborah’s song of victory (Jdg 5:18, cf.
Psa 4:6) on account of their patriotic bravery. רדם, giving no sense when taken from the well-known verb רדם, falls back upon רדה, and is consequently equivalent to רדם (cf. Lam 1:13), subduing or ruling them; according to the sense, equivalent to רדה בם (1 Kings 5:30; 1Ki 9:23; 2Ch 8:10), like המּצלם, not “their leader up,” but ὁ ἀναγαγὼν αὐτοὺς, Isa 63:11, not = רדיהם (like עשׂיהם, ראיהם), which would signify their subduer or their subduers.
The verb רדה, elsewhere to subjugate, oppress, hold down by force, Eze 34:4; Lev 25:53, is here used of the peaceful occupation of the leader who maintains the order of a stately and gorgeous procession. For the reference to the enemies, “their subduer,” is without any coherence. But to render the parallel word רגמתם “their (the enemies') stoning” (Hengstenberg, Vaihinger, and others, according to Böttcher’s “Proben” ), is, to say nothing more, devoid of taste; moreover רגם does not mean to throw stones with a sling, but to stone as a judicial procedure.
If we assign to the verb רגם the primary signification congerere, accumulare , after Arab. rajama VIII, and rakama , then רגמתם signifies their closely compacted band, as Jewish expositors have explained it (קהלם או קבוצם). Even if we connect רגם with רקם, variegare , or compare the proper name regem = Arab. rajm , socius (Böttcher), we arrive at much the same meaning.
Hupfeld’s conjecture רגשׁתם is consequently unnecessary.
Psa 68:19-27 Now begins the second circuit of the hymn. Comforted by the majestic picture of the future that he has beheld, the poet returns to the present, in which Israel is still oppressed, but yet not forsaken by God. The translation follows the accentuation, regular and in accordance with the sense, which has been restored by Baer after Heidenheim, viz.
, אדני has Zarka , and יעמס לנוּ Olewejored preceded by the sub-distinctive Rebia parvum ; it is therefore: Benedictus Dominator: quotidie bajulat nobis , - with which the Targum, Rashi, and Kimchi agree. עמס, like נשׂא and סבל, unites the significations to lay a burden upon one (Zec 12:3; Isa 46:1, Isa 46:3), and to carry a burden; with על it signifies to lay a burden upon any one, here with ל to take up a burden for any one and to bear it for him.
It is the burden or pressure of the hostile world that is meant, which the Lord day by day helps His church to bear, inasmuch as He is mighty by His strength in her who of herself is so feeble. The divine name אל, as being the subject of the sentence, is האל: God is our salvation. The music here again strikes in forte , and the same thought that is emphasized by the music in its turn, is also repeated in Psa 68:21 with heightened expression: God is to us a God למושׁעות, who grants us help in rich abundance.
The pluralet . denotes not so much the many single proofs of help, as the riches of rescuing power and grace. In Psa 68:21 למּות corresponds to the לנוּ; for it is not to be construed תּוצאות למּות: Jahve’s, the Lord, are the outgoings to death (Böttcher), i. e. , He can command that one shall not fall a prey to death. תוצאות, the parallel word to מושׁעות, signifies, and it is the most natural meaning, the escapings; יצא, evadere , as in 1Sa 14:41; 2Ki 13:5; Ecc 7:18.
In Jahve’s power are means of deliverance for death, i. e. , even for those who are already abandoned to death. With אך a joyously assuring inference is drawn from that which God is to Israel. The parallelism of the correctly divided verse shows that ראשׁ here, as in Psa 110:6, signifies caput in the literal sense, and not in the sense of princeps . The hair-covered scalp is mentioned as a token of arrogant strength, and unhumbled and impenitent pride, as in Deu 32:42, and as the Attic koma'n directly signifies to strut along, give one’s self airs.
The genitival construction is the same as in Isa 28:1 , Isa 32:13 . The form of expression refers back to Num 24:17, and so to speak inflects this primary passage very similarly to Jer 48:45. If קדקד שׂער be an object, then ראשׁ ought also to be a second object (that of the member of the body); the order of the words does not in itself forbid this (cf. Psa 3:8 with Deu 33:11), but would require a different arrangement in order to avoid ambiguities.
In Psa 68:23 the poet hears a divine utterance, or records one that he has heard: “From Bashan will I bring back, I will bring back from the eddies of the sea (from צוּל = צלל, to whiz, rattle; to whirl, eddy), i. e. , the depths or abysses of the sea. ” Whom? When after the destruction of Jerusalem a ship set sail for Rome with a freight of distinguished and well-formed captives before whom was the disgrace of prostitution, they all threw themselves into the sea, comforting themselves with this passage of Scripture ( Gittin 57 b , cf.
Echa Rabbathi 66 a ). They therefore took Psa 68:23 to be a promise which has Israel as its object; but the clause expressing a purpose, Psa 68:24, and the paraphrase in Amo 9:2. , show that the foes of Israel are conceived of as its object. Even if these have hidden themselves in the most out-of-the-way places, God will fetch them back and make His own people the executioners of His justice upon them.
The expectation is that the flight of the defeated foes will take a southernly direction, and that they will hide themselves in the primeval forests of Bashan, and still farther southward in the depths of the sea, i. e. , of the Dead Sea (ים as in Isa 16:8; 2Ch 20:2). Opposite to the hiding in the forests of the mountainous Bashan stands the hiding in the abyss of the sea, as the extreme of remoteness, that which is in itself impossible being assumed as possible.
The first member of the clause expressing the purpose, Psa 68:24, becomes more easy and pleasing if we read תּרחץ (lxx, Syriac, and Vulgate, ut intingatur ), according to Psa 58:11. So far as the letters are concerned, the conjecture תּחמץ (from which תמחץ, according to Chajug', is transposed), after Isa 63:1, is still more natural (Hitzig): that thy foot may redden itself in blood.
This is certainly somewhat tame, and moreover מדּם would be better suited to this rendering than בּדם. As the text now stands, תּמחץ is equivalent to תּמחצם (them, viz. , the enemies), and רגלך בּדם is an adverbial clause (setting or plunging thy foot in blood). It is, however, also possible that מחץ is used like Arab. machaḍa ( vehementer commovere ): ut concutias s.
agites pedem tuam in sanguine . Can it now be that in Psa 68:24 from among the number of the enemies of the one who goes about glorying in his sins, the רשׁע κατ ̓ ἐξοχήν (cf. Isa 11:4; Hab 3:13, and other passages), is brought prominently forward by מנּהוּ? Hardly so; the absence of תּלק ( lambat ) cannot be tolerated, cf. 1Ki 21:19; 1Ki 22:38. It is more natural, with Simonis, to refer מנּהוּ back to לשׁון (a word which is usually fem .
, but sometimes perhaps is masc . , Psa 22:16; Pro 26:28); and, since side by side with ממּנוּ only מנהוּ occurs anywhere else (Ew. §263, b ), to take it in the signification pars ejus (מן from מנן = מגה, after the form גּז, חן, קץ, of the same meaning as מגה, מנת, Psa 63:11), in favour of which Hupfeld also decides. What is now described in Psa 68:25-28, is not the rejoicing over a victory gained in the immediate past, nor the rejoicing over the earlier deliverance at the Red Sea, but Israel’s joyful celebration when it shall have experienced the avenging and redemptive work of its God and King.
According to Psa 77:14; Hab 3:6, הליכות appears to be God’s march against the enemy; but what follows shows that the pompa magnifica of God is intended, after He has overcome the enemy. Israel’s festival of victory is looked upon as a triumphal procession of God Himself, the King, who governs in holiness, and has now subjugated and humbled the unholy world; בּקּדשׁ as in Psa 68:18.
The rendering “in the sanctuary' is very natural in this passage, but Exo 15:11; Psa 77:14, are against it. The subject of ראוּ is all the world, more especially those of the heathen who have escaped the slaughter. The perfect signifies: they have seen, just as קדּמוּ, they have occupied the front position. Singers head the procession, after them (אחר, an adverb as in Gen 22:13; Exo 5:1) players upon citherns and harps (נגנים, participle to נגּן), and on either side virgins with timbrels (Spanish adufe ); תּופפות, apocopated part.
Poel with the retension of ē (cf. שׁוקקה, Psa 107:9), from תּפף, to strike the תּף (Arab. duff ). It is a retrospective reference to the song at the Sea, now again come into life, which Miriam and the women of Israel sang amidst the music of timbrels. The deliverance which is now being celebrated is the counterpart of the deliverance out of Egypt. Songs resound as in Psa 68:27, “in gatherings of the congregation (and, so to speak, in full choirs) praise ye Elohim.
” מקהלות (מקהלים, Psa 26:12) is the plural to קהל (Psa 22:23), which forms none of its own (cf. post-biblical קהלּות from קהלּה). Psa 68:27 is abridged from ברכו אדני אשׁר אתם ממקור ישראל, praise ye the Lord, ye who have Israel for your fountainhead. אדני, in accordance with the sense, has Mugrash. Israel is here the name of the patriarch, from whom as from its fountainhead the nation has spread itself abroad; cf.
Isa 48:1; Isa 51:1, and as to the syntax ממּך, those who descend from thee, Isa 58:12. In the festive assembly all the tribes of Israel are represented by their princes. Two each from the southern and northern tribes are mentioned. Out of Benjamin was Israel’s first king, the first royal victor over the Gentiles; and in Benjamin, according to the promise (Deu 33:12) and according to the accounts of the boundaries (Jos 18:16.
, Jos 15:7.) , lay the sanctuary of Israel. Thus, therefore, the tribe which, according both to order of birth (Gen 43:29.) and also extent of jurisdiction and numbers (1Sa 9:21), was “little,” was honoured beyond the others. Judah, however, came to the throne in the person of David, and became for ever the royal tribe. Zebulun and Naphtali are the tribes highly praised in Deborah’s song of victory (Jdg 5:18, cf.
Psa 4:6) on account of their patriotic bravery. רדם, giving no sense when taken from the well-known verb רדם, falls back upon רדה, and is consequently equivalent to רדם (cf. Lam 1:13), subduing or ruling them; according to the sense, equivalent to רדה בם (1 Kings 5:30; 1Ki 9:23; 2Ch 8:10), like המּצלם, not “their leader up,” but ὁ ἀναγαγὼν αὐτοὺς, Isa 63:11, not = רדיהם (like עשׂיהם, ראיהם), which would signify their subduer or their subduers.
The verb רדה, elsewhere to subjugate, oppress, hold down by force, Eze 34:4; Lev 25:53, is here used of the peaceful occupation of the leader who maintains the order of a stately and gorgeous procession. For the reference to the enemies, “their subduer,” is without any coherence. But to render the parallel word רגמתם “their (the enemies') stoning” (Hengstenberg, Vaihinger, and others, according to Böttcher’s “Proben” ), is, to say nothing more, devoid of taste; moreover רגם does not mean to throw stones with a sling, but to stone as a judicial procedure.
If we assign to the verb רגם the primary signification congerere, accumulare , after Arab. rajama VIII, and rakama , then רגמתם signifies their closely compacted band, as Jewish expositors have explained it (קהלם או קבוצם). Even if we connect רגם with רקם, variegare , or compare the proper name regem = Arab. rajm , socius (Böttcher), we arrive at much the same meaning.
Hupfeld’s conjecture רגשׁתם is consequently unnecessary.
Psa 68:19-27 Now begins the second circuit of the hymn. Comforted by the majestic picture of the future that he has beheld, the poet returns to the present, in which Israel is still oppressed, but yet not forsaken by God. The translation follows the accentuation, regular and in accordance with the sense, which has been restored by Baer after Heidenheim, viz.
, אדני has Zarka , and יעמס לנוּ Olewejored preceded by the sub-distinctive Rebia parvum ; it is therefore: Benedictus Dominator: quotidie bajulat nobis , - with which the Targum, Rashi, and Kimchi agree. עמס, like נשׂא and סבל, unites the significations to lay a burden upon one (Zec 12:3; Isa 46:1, Isa 46:3), and to carry a burden; with על it signifies to lay a burden upon any one, here with ל to take up a burden for any one and to bear it for him.
It is the burden or pressure of the hostile world that is meant, which the Lord day by day helps His church to bear, inasmuch as He is mighty by His strength in her who of herself is so feeble. The divine name אל, as being the subject of the sentence, is האל: God is our salvation. The music here again strikes in forte , and the same thought that is emphasized by the music in its turn, is also repeated in Psa 68:21 with heightened expression: God is to us a God למושׁעות, who grants us help in rich abundance.
The pluralet . denotes not so much the many single proofs of help, as the riches of rescuing power and grace. In Psa 68:21 למּות corresponds to the לנוּ; for it is not to be construed תּוצאות למּות: Jahve’s, the Lord, are the outgoings to death (Böttcher), i. e. , He can command that one shall not fall a prey to death. תוצאות, the parallel word to מושׁעות, signifies, and it is the most natural meaning, the escapings; יצא, evadere , as in 1Sa 14:41; 2Ki 13:5; Ecc 7:18.
In Jahve’s power are means of deliverance for death, i. e. , even for those who are already abandoned to death. With אך a joyously assuring inference is drawn from that which God is to Israel. The parallelism of the correctly divided verse shows that ראשׁ here, as in Psa 110:6, signifies caput in the literal sense, and not in the sense of princeps . The hair-covered scalp is mentioned as a token of arrogant strength, and unhumbled and impenitent pride, as in Deu 32:42, and as the Attic koma'n directly signifies to strut along, give one’s self airs.
The genitival construction is the same as in Isa 28:1 , Isa 32:13 . The form of expression refers back to Num 24:17, and so to speak inflects this primary passage very similarly to Jer 48:45. If קדקד שׂער be an object, then ראשׁ ought also to be a second object (that of the member of the body); the order of the words does not in itself forbid this (cf. Psa 3:8 with Deu 33:11), but would require a different arrangement in order to avoid ambiguities.
In Psa 68:23 the poet hears a divine utterance, or records one that he has heard: “From Bashan will I bring back, I will bring back from the eddies of the sea (from צוּל = צלל, to whiz, rattle; to whirl, eddy), i. e. , the depths or abysses of the sea. ” Whom? When after the destruction of Jerusalem a ship set sail for Rome with a freight of distinguished and well-formed captives before whom was the disgrace of prostitution, they all threw themselves into the sea, comforting themselves with this passage of Scripture ( Gittin 57 b , cf.
Echa Rabbathi 66 a ). They therefore took Psa 68:23 to be a promise which has Israel as its object; but the clause expressing a purpose, Psa 68:24, and the paraphrase in Amo 9:2. , show that the foes of Israel are conceived of as its object. Even if these have hidden themselves in the most out-of-the-way places, God will fetch them back and make His own people the executioners of His justice upon them.
The expectation is that the flight of the defeated foes will take a southernly direction, and that they will hide themselves in the primeval forests of Bashan, and still farther southward in the depths of the sea, i. e. , of the Dead Sea (ים as in Isa 16:8; 2Ch 20:2). Opposite to the hiding in the forests of the mountainous Bashan stands the hiding in the abyss of the sea, as the extreme of remoteness, that which is in itself impossible being assumed as possible.
The first member of the clause expressing the purpose, Psa 68:24, becomes more easy and pleasing if we read תּרחץ (lxx, Syriac, and Vulgate, ut intingatur ), according to Psa 58:11. So far as the letters are concerned, the conjecture תּחמץ (from which תמחץ, according to Chajug', is transposed), after Isa 63:1, is still more natural (Hitzig): that thy foot may redden itself in blood.
This is certainly somewhat tame, and moreover מדּם would be better suited to this rendering than בּדם. As the text now stands, תּמחץ is equivalent to תּמחצם (them, viz. , the enemies), and רגלך בּדם is an adverbial clause (setting or plunging thy foot in blood). It is, however, also possible that מחץ is used like Arab. machaḍa ( vehementer commovere ): ut concutias s.
agites pedem tuam in sanguine . Can it now be that in Psa 68:24 from among the number of the enemies of the one who goes about glorying in his sins, the רשׁע κατ ̓ ἐξοχήν (cf. Isa 11:4; Hab 3:13, and other passages), is brought prominently forward by מנּהוּ? Hardly so; the absence of תּלק ( lambat ) cannot be tolerated, cf. 1Ki 21:19; 1Ki 22:38. It is more natural, with Simonis, to refer מנּהוּ back to לשׁון (a word which is usually fem .
, but sometimes perhaps is masc . , Psa 22:16; Pro 26:28); and, since side by side with ממּנוּ only מנהוּ occurs anywhere else (Ew. §263, b ), to take it in the signification pars ejus (מן from מנן = מגה, after the form גּז, חן, קץ, of the same meaning as מגה, מנת, Psa 63:11), in favour of which Hupfeld also decides. What is now described in Psa 68:25-28, is not the rejoicing over a victory gained in the immediate past, nor the rejoicing over the earlier deliverance at the Red Sea, but Israel’s joyful celebration when it shall have experienced the avenging and redemptive work of its God and King.
According to Psa 77:14; Hab 3:6, הליכות appears to be God’s march against the enemy; but what follows shows that the pompa magnifica of God is intended, after He has overcome the enemy. Israel’s festival of victory is looked upon as a triumphal procession of God Himself, the King, who governs in holiness, and has now subjugated and humbled the unholy world; בּקּדשׁ as in Psa 68:18.
The rendering “in the sanctuary' is very natural in this passage, but Exo 15:11; Psa 77:14, are against it. The subject of ראוּ is all the world, more especially those of the heathen who have escaped the slaughter. The perfect signifies: they have seen, just as קדּמוּ, they have occupied the front position. Singers head the procession, after them (אחר, an adverb as in Gen 22:13; Exo 5:1) players upon citherns and harps (נגנים, participle to נגּן), and on either side virgins with timbrels (Spanish adufe ); תּופפות, apocopated part.
Poel with the retension of ē (cf. שׁוקקה, Psa 107:9), from תּפף, to strike the תּף (Arab. duff ). It is a retrospective reference to the song at the Sea, now again come into life, which Miriam and the women of Israel sang amidst the music of timbrels. The deliverance which is now being celebrated is the counterpart of the deliverance out of Egypt. Songs resound as in Psa 68:27, “in gatherings of the congregation (and, so to speak, in full choirs) praise ye Elohim.
” מקהלות (מקהלים, Psa 26:12) is the plural to קהל (Psa 22:23), which forms none of its own (cf. post-biblical קהלּות from קהלּה). Psa 68:27 is abridged from ברכו אדני אשׁר אתם ממקור ישראל, praise ye the Lord, ye who have Israel for your fountainhead. אדני, in accordance with the sense, has Mugrash. Israel is here the name of the patriarch, from whom as from its fountainhead the nation has spread itself abroad; cf.
Isa 48:1; Isa 51:1, and as to the syntax ממּך, those who descend from thee, Isa 58:12. In the festive assembly all the tribes of Israel are represented by their princes. Two each from the southern and northern tribes are mentioned. Out of Benjamin was Israel’s first king, the first royal victor over the Gentiles; and in Benjamin, according to the promise (Deu 33:12) and according to the accounts of the boundaries (Jos 18:16.
, Jos 15:7.) , lay the sanctuary of Israel. Thus, therefore, the tribe which, according both to order of birth (Gen 43:29.) and also extent of jurisdiction and numbers (1Sa 9:21), was “little,” was honoured beyond the others. Judah, however, came to the throne in the person of David, and became for ever the royal tribe. Zebulun and Naphtali are the tribes highly praised in Deborah’s song of victory (Jdg 5:18, cf.
Psa 4:6) on account of their patriotic bravery. רדם, giving no sense when taken from the well-known verb רדם, falls back upon רדה, and is consequently equivalent to רדם (cf. Lam 1:13), subduing or ruling them; according to the sense, equivalent to רדה בם (1 Kings 5:30; 1Ki 9:23; 2Ch 8:10), like המּצלם, not “their leader up,” but ὁ ἀναγαγὼν αὐτοὺς, Isa 63:11, not = רדיהם (like עשׂיהם, ראיהם), which would signify their subduer or their subduers.
The verb רדה, elsewhere to subjugate, oppress, hold down by force, Eze 34:4; Lev 25:53, is here used of the peaceful occupation of the leader who maintains the order of a stately and gorgeous procession. For the reference to the enemies, “their subduer,” is without any coherence. But to render the parallel word רגמתם “their (the enemies') stoning” (Hengstenberg, Vaihinger, and others, according to Böttcher’s “Proben” ), is, to say nothing more, devoid of taste; moreover רגם does not mean to throw stones with a sling, but to stone as a judicial procedure.
If we assign to the verb רגם the primary signification congerere, accumulare , after Arab. rajama VIII, and rakama , then רגמתם signifies their closely compacted band, as Jewish expositors have explained it (קהלם או קבוצם). Even if we connect רגם with רקם, variegare , or compare the proper name regem = Arab. rajm , socius (Böttcher), we arrive at much the same meaning.
Hupfeld’s conjecture רגשׁתם is consequently unnecessary.
Psa 68:19-27 Now begins the second circuit of the hymn. Comforted by the majestic picture of the future that he has beheld, the poet returns to the present, in which Israel is still oppressed, but yet not forsaken by God. The translation follows the accentuation, regular and in accordance with the sense, which has been restored by Baer after Heidenheim, viz.
, אדני has Zarka , and יעמס לנוּ Olewejored preceded by the sub-distinctive Rebia parvum ; it is therefore: Benedictus Dominator: quotidie bajulat nobis , - with which the Targum, Rashi, and Kimchi agree. עמס, like נשׂא and סבל, unites the significations to lay a burden upon one (Zec 12:3; Isa 46:1, Isa 46:3), and to carry a burden; with על it signifies to lay a burden upon any one, here with ל to take up a burden for any one and to bear it for him.
It is the burden or pressure of the hostile world that is meant, which the Lord day by day helps His church to bear, inasmuch as He is mighty by His strength in her who of herself is so feeble. The divine name אל, as being the subject of the sentence, is האל: God is our salvation. The music here again strikes in forte , and the same thought that is emphasized by the music in its turn, is also repeated in Psa 68:21 with heightened expression: God is to us a God למושׁעות, who grants us help in rich abundance.
The pluralet . denotes not so much the many single proofs of help, as the riches of rescuing power and grace. In Psa 68:21 למּות corresponds to the לנוּ; for it is not to be construed תּוצאות למּות: Jahve’s, the Lord, are the outgoings to death (Böttcher), i. e. , He can command that one shall not fall a prey to death. תוצאות, the parallel word to מושׁעות, signifies, and it is the most natural meaning, the escapings; יצא, evadere , as in 1Sa 14:41; 2Ki 13:5; Ecc 7:18.
In Jahve’s power are means of deliverance for death, i. e. , even for those who are already abandoned to death. With אך a joyously assuring inference is drawn from that which God is to Israel. The parallelism of the correctly divided verse shows that ראשׁ here, as in Psa 110:6, signifies caput in the literal sense, and not in the sense of princeps . The hair-covered scalp is mentioned as a token of arrogant strength, and unhumbled and impenitent pride, as in Deu 32:42, and as the Attic koma'n directly signifies to strut along, give one’s self airs.
The genitival construction is the same as in Isa 28:1 , Isa 32:13 . The form of expression refers back to Num 24:17, and so to speak inflects this primary passage very similarly to Jer 48:45. If קדקד שׂער be an object, then ראשׁ ought also to be a second object (that of the member of the body); the order of the words does not in itself forbid this (cf. Psa 3:8 with Deu 33:11), but would require a different arrangement in order to avoid ambiguities.
In Psa 68:23 the poet hears a divine utterance, or records one that he has heard: “From Bashan will I bring back, I will bring back from the eddies of the sea (from צוּל = צלל, to whiz, rattle; to whirl, eddy), i. e. , the depths or abysses of the sea. ” Whom? When after the destruction of Jerusalem a ship set sail for Rome with a freight of distinguished and well-formed captives before whom was the disgrace of prostitution, they all threw themselves into the sea, comforting themselves with this passage of Scripture ( Gittin 57 b , cf.
Echa Rabbathi 66 a ). They therefore took Psa 68:23 to be a promise which has Israel as its object; but the clause expressing a purpose, Psa 68:24, and the paraphrase in Amo 9:2. , show that the foes of Israel are conceived of as its object. Even if these have hidden themselves in the most out-of-the-way places, God will fetch them back and make His own people the executioners of His justice upon them.
The expectation is that the flight of the defeated foes will take a southernly direction, and that they will hide themselves in the primeval forests of Bashan, and still farther southward in the depths of the sea, i. e. , of the Dead Sea (ים as in Isa 16:8; 2Ch 20:2). Opposite to the hiding in the forests of the mountainous Bashan stands the hiding in the abyss of the sea, as the extreme of remoteness, that which is in itself impossible being assumed as possible.
The first member of the clause expressing the purpose, Psa 68:24, becomes more easy and pleasing if we read תּרחץ (lxx, Syriac, and Vulgate, ut intingatur ), according to Psa 58:11. So far as the letters are concerned, the conjecture תּחמץ (from which תמחץ, according to Chajug', is transposed), after Isa 63:1, is still more natural (Hitzig): that thy foot may redden itself in blood.
This is certainly somewhat tame, and moreover מדּם would be better suited to this rendering than בּדם. As the text now stands, תּמחץ is equivalent to תּמחצם (them, viz. , the enemies), and רגלך בּדם is an adverbial clause (setting or plunging thy foot in blood). It is, however, also possible that מחץ is used like Arab. machaḍa ( vehementer commovere ): ut concutias s.
agites pedem tuam in sanguine . Can it now be that in Psa 68:24 from among the number of the enemies of the one who goes about glorying in his sins, the רשׁע κατ ̓ ἐξοχήν (cf. Isa 11:4; Hab 3:13, and other passages), is brought prominently forward by מנּהוּ? Hardly so; the absence of תּלק ( lambat ) cannot be tolerated, cf. 1Ki 21:19; 1Ki 22:38. It is more natural, with Simonis, to refer מנּהוּ back to לשׁון (a word which is usually fem .
, but sometimes perhaps is masc . , Psa 22:16; Pro 26:28); and, since side by side with ממּנוּ only מנהוּ occurs anywhere else (Ew. §263, b ), to take it in the signification pars ejus (מן from מנן = מגה, after the form גּז, חן, קץ, of the same meaning as מגה, מנת, Psa 63:11), in favour of which Hupfeld also decides. What is now described in Psa 68:25-28, is not the rejoicing over a victory gained in the immediate past, nor the rejoicing over the earlier deliverance at the Red Sea, but Israel’s joyful celebration when it shall have experienced the avenging and redemptive work of its God and King.
According to Psa 77:14; Hab 3:6, הליכות appears to be God’s march against the enemy; but what follows shows that the pompa magnifica of God is intended, after He has overcome the enemy. Israel’s festival of victory is looked upon as a triumphal procession of God Himself, the King, who governs in holiness, and has now subjugated and humbled the unholy world; בּקּדשׁ as in Psa 68:18.
The rendering “in the sanctuary' is very natural in this passage, but Exo 15:11; Psa 77:14, are against it. The subject of ראוּ is all the world, more especially those of the heathen who have escaped the slaughter. The perfect signifies: they have seen, just as קדּמוּ, they have occupied the front position. Singers head the procession, after them (אחר, an adverb as in Gen 22:13; Exo 5:1) players upon citherns and harps (נגנים, participle to נגּן), and on either side virgins with timbrels (Spanish adufe ); תּופפות, apocopated part.
Poel with the retension of ē (cf. שׁוקקה, Psa 107:9), from תּפף, to strike the תּף (Arab. duff ). It is a retrospective reference to the song at the Sea, now again come into life, which Miriam and the women of Israel sang amidst the music of timbrels. The deliverance which is now being celebrated is the counterpart of the deliverance out of Egypt. Songs resound as in Psa 68:27, “in gatherings of the congregation (and, so to speak, in full choirs) praise ye Elohim.
” מקהלות (מקהלים, Psa 26:12) is the plural to קהל (Psa 22:23), which forms none of its own (cf. post-biblical קהלּות from קהלּה). Psa 68:27 is abridged from ברכו אדני אשׁר אתם ממקור ישראל, praise ye the Lord, ye who have Israel for your fountainhead. אדני, in accordance with the sense, has Mugrash. Israel is here the name of the patriarch, from whom as from its fountainhead the nation has spread itself abroad; cf.
Isa 48:1; Isa 51:1, and as to the syntax ממּך, those who descend from thee, Isa 58:12. In the festive assembly all the tribes of Israel are represented by their princes. Two each from the southern and northern tribes are mentioned. Out of Benjamin was Israel’s first king, the first royal victor over the Gentiles; and in Benjamin, according to the promise (Deu 33:12) and according to the accounts of the boundaries (Jos 18:16.
, Jos 15:7.) , lay the sanctuary of Israel. Thus, therefore, the tribe which, according both to order of birth (Gen 43:29.) and also extent of jurisdiction and numbers (1Sa 9:21), was “little,” was honoured beyond the others. Judah, however, came to the throne in the person of David, and became for ever the royal tribe. Zebulun and Naphtali are the tribes highly praised in Deborah’s song of victory (Jdg 5:18, cf.
Psa 4:6) on account of their patriotic bravery. רדם, giving no sense when taken from the well-known verb רדם, falls back upon רדה, and is consequently equivalent to רדם (cf. Lam 1:13), subduing or ruling them; according to the sense, equivalent to רדה בם (1 Kings 5:30; 1Ki 9:23; 2Ch 8:10), like המּצלם, not “their leader up,” but ὁ ἀναγαγὼν αὐτοὺς, Isa 63:11, not = רדיהם (like עשׂיהם, ראיהם), which would signify their subduer or their subduers.
The verb רדה, elsewhere to subjugate, oppress, hold down by force, Eze 34:4; Lev 25:53, is here used of the peaceful occupation of the leader who maintains the order of a stately and gorgeous procession. For the reference to the enemies, “their subduer,” is without any coherence. But to render the parallel word רגמתם “their (the enemies') stoning” (Hengstenberg, Vaihinger, and others, according to Böttcher’s “Proben” ), is, to say nothing more, devoid of taste; moreover רגם does not mean to throw stones with a sling, but to stone as a judicial procedure.
If we assign to the verb רגם the primary signification congerere, accumulare , after Arab. rajama VIII, and rakama , then רגמתם signifies their closely compacted band, as Jewish expositors have explained it (קהלם או קבוצם). Even if we connect רגם with רקם, variegare , or compare the proper name regem = Arab. rajm , socius (Böttcher), we arrive at much the same meaning.
Hupfeld’s conjecture רגשׁתם is consequently unnecessary.
Psa 68:19-27 Now begins the second circuit of the hymn. Comforted by the majestic picture of the future that he has beheld, the poet returns to the present, in which Israel is still oppressed, but yet not forsaken by God. The translation follows the accentuation, regular and in accordance with the sense, which has been restored by Baer after Heidenheim, viz.
, אדני has Zarka , and יעמס לנוּ Olewejored preceded by the sub-distinctive Rebia parvum ; it is therefore: Benedictus Dominator: quotidie bajulat nobis , - with which the Targum, Rashi, and Kimchi agree. עמס, like נשׂא and סבל, unites the significations to lay a burden upon one (Zec 12:3; Isa 46:1, Isa 46:3), and to carry a burden; with על it signifies to lay a burden upon any one, here with ל to take up a burden for any one and to bear it for him.
It is the burden or pressure of the hostile world that is meant, which the Lord day by day helps His church to bear, inasmuch as He is mighty by His strength in her who of herself is so feeble. The divine name אל, as being the subject of the sentence, is האל: God is our salvation. The music here again strikes in forte , and the same thought that is emphasized by the music in its turn, is also repeated in Psa 68:21 with heightened expression: God is to us a God למושׁעות, who grants us help in rich abundance.
The pluralet . denotes not so much the many single proofs of help, as the riches of rescuing power and grace. In Psa 68:21 למּות corresponds to the לנוּ; for it is not to be construed תּוצאות למּות: Jahve’s, the Lord, are the outgoings to death (Böttcher), i. e. , He can command that one shall not fall a prey to death. תוצאות, the parallel word to מושׁעות, signifies, and it is the most natural meaning, the escapings; יצא, evadere , as in 1Sa 14:41; 2Ki 13:5; Ecc 7:18.
In Jahve’s power are means of deliverance for death, i. e. , even for those who are already abandoned to death. With אך a joyously assuring inference is drawn from that which God is to Israel. The parallelism of the correctly divided verse shows that ראשׁ here, as in Psa 110:6, signifies caput in the literal sense, and not in the sense of princeps . The hair-covered scalp is mentioned as a token of arrogant strength, and unhumbled and impenitent pride, as in Deu 32:42, and as the Attic koma'n directly signifies to strut along, give one’s self airs.
The genitival construction is the same as in Isa 28:1 , Isa 32:13 . The form of expression refers back to Num 24:17, and so to speak inflects this primary passage very similarly to Jer 48:45. If קדקד שׂער be an object, then ראשׁ ought also to be a second object (that of the member of the body); the order of the words does not in itself forbid this (cf. Psa 3:8 with Deu 33:11), but would require a different arrangement in order to avoid ambiguities.
In Psa 68:23 the poet hears a divine utterance, or records one that he has heard: “From Bashan will I bring back, I will bring back from the eddies of the sea (from צוּל = צלל, to whiz, rattle; to whirl, eddy), i. e. , the depths or abysses of the sea. ” Whom? When after the destruction of Jerusalem a ship set sail for Rome with a freight of distinguished and well-formed captives before whom was the disgrace of prostitution, they all threw themselves into the sea, comforting themselves with this passage of Scripture ( Gittin 57 b , cf.
Echa Rabbathi 66 a ). They therefore took Psa 68:23 to be a promise which has Israel as its object; but the clause expressing a purpose, Psa 68:24, and the paraphrase in Amo 9:2. , show that the foes of Israel are conceived of as its object. Even if these have hidden themselves in the most out-of-the-way places, God will fetch them back and make His own people the executioners of His justice upon them.
The expectation is that the flight of the defeated foes will take a southernly direction, and that they will hide themselves in the primeval forests of Bashan, and still farther southward in the depths of the sea, i. e. , of the Dead Sea (ים as in Isa 16:8; 2Ch 20:2). Opposite to the hiding in the forests of the mountainous Bashan stands the hiding in the abyss of the sea, as the extreme of remoteness, that which is in itself impossible being assumed as possible.
The first member of the clause expressing the purpose, Psa 68:24, becomes more easy and pleasing if we read תּרחץ (lxx, Syriac, and Vulgate, ut intingatur ), according to Psa 58:11. So far as the letters are concerned, the conjecture תּחמץ (from which תמחץ, according to Chajug', is transposed), after Isa 63:1, is still more natural (Hitzig): that thy foot may redden itself in blood.
This is certainly somewhat tame, and moreover מדּם would be better suited to this rendering than בּדם. As the text now stands, תּמחץ is equivalent to תּמחצם (them, viz. , the enemies), and רגלך בּדם is an adverbial clause (setting or plunging thy foot in blood). It is, however, also possible that מחץ is used like Arab. machaḍa ( vehementer commovere ): ut concutias s.
agites pedem tuam in sanguine . Can it now be that in Psa 68:24 from among the number of the enemies of the one who goes about glorying in his sins, the רשׁע κατ ̓ ἐξοχήν (cf. Isa 11:4; Hab 3:13, and other passages), is brought prominently forward by מנּהוּ? Hardly so; the absence of תּלק ( lambat ) cannot be tolerated, cf. 1Ki 21:19; 1Ki 22:38. It is more natural, with Simonis, to refer מנּהוּ back to לשׁון (a word which is usually fem .
, but sometimes perhaps is masc . , Psa 22:16; Pro 26:28); and, since side by side with ממּנוּ only מנהוּ occurs anywhere else (Ew. §263, b ), to take it in the signification pars ejus (מן from מנן = מגה, after the form גּז, חן, קץ, of the same meaning as מגה, מנת, Psa 63:11), in favour of which Hupfeld also decides. What is now described in Psa 68:25-28, is not the rejoicing over a victory gained in the immediate past, nor the rejoicing over the earlier deliverance at the Red Sea, but Israel’s joyful celebration when it shall have experienced the avenging and redemptive work of its God and King.
According to Psa 77:14; Hab 3:6, הליכות appears to be God’s march against the enemy; but what follows shows that the pompa magnifica of God is intended, after He has overcome the enemy. Israel’s festival of victory is looked upon as a triumphal procession of God Himself, the King, who governs in holiness, and has now subjugated and humbled the unholy world; בּקּדשׁ as in Psa 68:18.
The rendering “in the sanctuary' is very natural in this passage, but Exo 15:11; Psa 77:14, are against it. The subject of ראוּ is all the world, more especially those of the heathen who have escaped the slaughter. The perfect signifies: they have seen, just as קדּמוּ, they have occupied the front position. Singers head the procession, after them (אחר, an adverb as in Gen 22:13; Exo 5:1) players upon citherns and harps (נגנים, participle to נגּן), and on either side virgins with timbrels (Spanish adufe ); תּופפות, apocopated part.
Poel with the retension of ē (cf. שׁוקקה, Psa 107:9), from תּפף, to strike the תּף (Arab. duff ). It is a retrospective reference to the song at the Sea, now again come into life, which Miriam and the women of Israel sang amidst the music of timbrels. The deliverance which is now being celebrated is the counterpart of the deliverance out of Egypt. Songs resound as in Psa 68:27, “in gatherings of the congregation (and, so to speak, in full choirs) praise ye Elohim.
” מקהלות (מקהלים, Psa 26:12) is the plural to קהל (Psa 22:23), which forms none of its own (cf. post-biblical קהלּות from קהלּה). Psa 68:27 is abridged from ברכו אדני אשׁר אתם ממקור ישראל, praise ye the Lord, ye who have Israel for your fountainhead. אדני, in accordance with the sense, has Mugrash. Israel is here the name of the patriarch, from whom as from its fountainhead the nation has spread itself abroad; cf.
Isa 48:1; Isa 51:1, and as to the syntax ממּך, those who descend from thee, Isa 58:12. In the festive assembly all the tribes of Israel are represented by their princes. Two each from the southern and northern tribes are mentioned. Out of Benjamin was Israel’s first king, the first royal victor over the Gentiles; and in Benjamin, according to the promise (Deu 33:12) and according to the accounts of the boundaries (Jos 18:16.
, Jos 15:7.) , lay the sanctuary of Israel. Thus, therefore, the tribe which, according both to order of birth (Gen 43:29.) and also extent of jurisdiction and numbers (1Sa 9:21), was “little,” was honoured beyond the others. Judah, however, came to the throne in the person of David, and became for ever the royal tribe. Zebulun and Naphtali are the tribes highly praised in Deborah’s song of victory (Jdg 5:18, cf.
Psa 4:6) on account of their patriotic bravery. רדם, giving no sense when taken from the well-known verb רדם, falls back upon רדה, and is consequently equivalent to רדם (cf. Lam 1:13), subduing or ruling them; according to the sense, equivalent to רדה בם (1 Kings 5:30; 1Ki 9:23; 2Ch 8:10), like המּצלם, not “their leader up,” but ὁ ἀναγαγὼν αὐτοὺς, Isa 63:11, not = רדיהם (like עשׂיהם, ראיהם), which would signify their subduer or their subduers.
The verb רדה, elsewhere to subjugate, oppress, hold down by force, Eze 34:4; Lev 25:53, is here used of the peaceful occupation of the leader who maintains the order of a stately and gorgeous procession. For the reference to the enemies, “their subduer,” is without any coherence. But to render the parallel word רגמתם “their (the enemies') stoning” (Hengstenberg, Vaihinger, and others, according to Böttcher’s “Proben” ), is, to say nothing more, devoid of taste; moreover רגם does not mean to throw stones with a sling, but to stone as a judicial procedure.
If we assign to the verb רגם the primary signification congerere, accumulare , after Arab. rajama VIII, and rakama , then רגמתם signifies their closely compacted band, as Jewish expositors have explained it (קהלם או קבוצם). Even if we connect רגם with רקם, variegare , or compare the proper name regem = Arab. rajm , socius (Böttcher), we arrive at much the same meaning.
Hupfeld’s conjecture רגשׁתם is consequently unnecessary.
Psa 68:19-27 Now begins the second circuit of the hymn. Comforted by the majestic picture of the future that he has beheld, the poet returns to the present, in which Israel is still oppressed, but yet not forsaken by God. The translation follows the accentuation, regular and in accordance with the sense, which has been restored by Baer after Heidenheim, viz.
, אדני has Zarka , and יעמס לנוּ Olewejored preceded by the sub-distinctive Rebia parvum ; it is therefore: Benedictus Dominator: quotidie bajulat nobis , - with which the Targum, Rashi, and Kimchi agree. עמס, like נשׂא and סבל, unites the significations to lay a burden upon one (Zec 12:3; Isa 46:1, Isa 46:3), and to carry a burden; with על it signifies to lay a burden upon any one, here with ל to take up a burden for any one and to bear it for him.
It is the burden or pressure of the hostile world that is meant, which the Lord day by day helps His church to bear, inasmuch as He is mighty by His strength in her who of herself is so feeble. The divine name אל, as being the subject of the sentence, is האל: God is our salvation. The music here again strikes in forte , and the same thought that is emphasized by the music in its turn, is also repeated in Psa 68:21 with heightened expression: God is to us a God למושׁעות, who grants us help in rich abundance.
The pluralet . denotes not so much the many single proofs of help, as the riches of rescuing power and grace. In Psa 68:21 למּות corresponds to the לנוּ; for it is not to be construed תּוצאות למּות: Jahve’s, the Lord, are the outgoings to death (Böttcher), i. e. , He can command that one shall not fall a prey to death. תוצאות, the parallel word to מושׁעות, signifies, and it is the most natural meaning, the escapings; יצא, evadere , as in 1Sa 14:41; 2Ki 13:5; Ecc 7:18.
In Jahve’s power are means of deliverance for death, i. e. , even for those who are already abandoned to death. With אך a joyously assuring inference is drawn from that which God is to Israel. The parallelism of the correctly divided verse shows that ראשׁ here, as in Psa 110:6, signifies caput in the literal sense, and not in the sense of princeps . The hair-covered scalp is mentioned as a token of arrogant strength, and unhumbled and impenitent pride, as in Deu 32:42, and as the Attic koma'n directly signifies to strut along, give one’s self airs.
The genitival construction is the same as in Isa 28:1 , Isa 32:13 . The form of expression refers back to Num 24:17, and so to speak inflects this primary passage very similarly to Jer 48:45. If קדקד שׂער be an object, then ראשׁ ought also to be a second object (that of the member of the body); the order of the words does not in itself forbid this (cf. Psa 3:8 with Deu 33:11), but would require a different arrangement in order to avoid ambiguities.
In Psa 68:23 the poet hears a divine utterance, or records one that he has heard: “From Bashan will I bring back, I will bring back from the eddies of the sea (from צוּל = צלל, to whiz, rattle; to whirl, eddy), i. e. , the depths or abysses of the sea. ” Whom? When after the destruction of Jerusalem a ship set sail for Rome with a freight of distinguished and well-formed captives before whom was the disgrace of prostitution, they all threw themselves into the sea, comforting themselves with this passage of Scripture ( Gittin 57 b , cf.
Echa Rabbathi 66 a ). They therefore took Psa 68:23 to be a promise which has Israel as its object; but the clause expressing a purpose, Psa 68:24, and the paraphrase in Amo 9:2. , show that the foes of Israel are conceived of as its object. Even if these have hidden themselves in the most out-of-the-way places, God will fetch them back and make His own people the executioners of His justice upon them.
The expectation is that the flight of the defeated foes will take a southernly direction, and that they will hide themselves in the primeval forests of Bashan, and still farther southward in the depths of the sea, i. e. , of the Dead Sea (ים as in Isa 16:8; 2Ch 20:2). Opposite to the hiding in the forests of the mountainous Bashan stands the hiding in the abyss of the sea, as the extreme of remoteness, that which is in itself impossible being assumed as possible.
The first member of the clause expressing the purpose, Psa 68:24, becomes more easy and pleasing if we read תּרחץ (lxx, Syriac, and Vulgate, ut intingatur ), according to Psa 58:11. So far as the letters are concerned, the conjecture תּחמץ (from which תמחץ, according to Chajug', is transposed), after Isa 63:1, is still more natural (Hitzig): that thy foot may redden itself in blood.
This is certainly somewhat tame, and moreover מדּם would be better suited to this rendering than בּדם. As the text now stands, תּמחץ is equivalent to תּמחצם (them, viz. , the enemies), and רגלך בּדם is an adverbial clause (setting or plunging thy foot in blood). It is, however, also possible that מחץ is used like Arab. machaḍa ( vehementer commovere ): ut concutias s.
agites pedem tuam in sanguine . Can it now be that in Psa 68:24 from among the number of the enemies of the one who goes about glorying in his sins, the רשׁע κατ ̓ ἐξοχήν (cf. Isa 11:4; Hab 3:13, and other passages), is brought prominently forward by מנּהוּ? Hardly so; the absence of תּלק ( lambat ) cannot be tolerated, cf. 1Ki 21:19; 1Ki 22:38. It is more natural, with Simonis, to refer מנּהוּ back to לשׁון (a word which is usually fem .
, but sometimes perhaps is masc . , Psa 22:16; Pro 26:28); and, since side by side with ממּנוּ only מנהוּ occurs anywhere else (Ew. §263, b ), to take it in the signification pars ejus (מן from מנן = מגה, after the form גּז, חן, קץ, of the same meaning as מגה, מנת, Psa 63:11), in favour of which Hupfeld also decides. What is now described in Psa 68:25-28, is not the rejoicing over a victory gained in the immediate past, nor the rejoicing over the earlier deliverance at the Red Sea, but Israel’s joyful celebration when it shall have experienced the avenging and redemptive work of its God and King.
According to Psa 77:14; Hab 3:6, הליכות appears to be God’s march against the enemy; but what follows shows that the pompa magnifica of God is intended, after He has overcome the enemy. Israel’s festival of victory is looked upon as a triumphal procession of God Himself, the King, who governs in holiness, and has now subjugated and humbled the unholy world; בּקּדשׁ as in Psa 68:18.
The rendering “in the sanctuary' is very natural in this passage, but Exo 15:11; Psa 77:14, are against it. The subject of ראוּ is all the world, more especially those of the heathen who have escaped the slaughter. The perfect signifies: they have seen, just as קדּמוּ, they have occupied the front position. Singers head the procession, after them (אחר, an adverb as in Gen 22:13; Exo 5:1) players upon citherns and harps (נגנים, participle to נגּן), and on either side virgins with timbrels (Spanish adufe ); תּופפות, apocopated part.
Poel with the retension of ē (cf. שׁוקקה, Psa 107:9), from תּפף, to strike the תּף (Arab. duff ). It is a retrospective reference to the song at the Sea, now again come into life, which Miriam and the women of Israel sang amidst the music of timbrels. The deliverance which is now being celebrated is the counterpart of the deliverance out of Egypt. Songs resound as in Psa 68:27, “in gatherings of the congregation (and, so to speak, in full choirs) praise ye Elohim.
” מקהלות (מקהלים, Psa 26:12) is the plural to קהל (Psa 22:23), which forms none of its own (cf. post-biblical קהלּות from קהלּה). Psa 68:27 is abridged from ברכו אדני אשׁר אתם ממקור ישראל, praise ye the Lord, ye who have Israel for your fountainhead. אדני, in accordance with the sense, has Mugrash. Israel is here the name of the patriarch, from whom as from its fountainhead the nation has spread itself abroad; cf.
Isa 48:1; Isa 51:1, and as to the syntax ממּך, those who descend from thee, Isa 58:12. In the festive assembly all the tribes of Israel are represented by their princes. Two each from the southern and northern tribes are mentioned. Out of Benjamin was Israel’s first king, the first royal victor over the Gentiles; and in Benjamin, according to the promise (Deu 33:12) and according to the accounts of the boundaries (Jos 18:16.
, Jos 15:7.) , lay the sanctuary of Israel. Thus, therefore, the tribe which, according both to order of birth (Gen 43:29.) and also extent of jurisdiction and numbers (1Sa 9:21), was “little,” was honoured beyond the others. Judah, however, came to the throne in the person of David, and became for ever the royal tribe. Zebulun and Naphtali are the tribes highly praised in Deborah’s song of victory (Jdg 5:18, cf.
Psa 4:6) on account of their patriotic bravery. רדם, giving no sense when taken from the well-known verb רדם, falls back upon רדה, and is consequently equivalent to רדם (cf. Lam 1:13), subduing or ruling them; according to the sense, equivalent to רדה בם (1 Kings 5:30; 1Ki 9:23; 2Ch 8:10), like המּצלם, not “their leader up,” but ὁ ἀναγαγὼν αὐτοὺς, Isa 63:11, not = רדיהם (like עשׂיהם, ראיהם), which would signify their subduer or their subduers.
The verb רדה, elsewhere to subjugate, oppress, hold down by force, Eze 34:4; Lev 25:53, is here used of the peaceful occupation of the leader who maintains the order of a stately and gorgeous procession. For the reference to the enemies, “their subduer,” is without any coherence. But to render the parallel word רגמתם “their (the enemies') stoning” (Hengstenberg, Vaihinger, and others, according to Böttcher’s “Proben” ), is, to say nothing more, devoid of taste; moreover רגם does not mean to throw stones with a sling, but to stone as a judicial procedure.
If we assign to the verb רגם the primary signification congerere, accumulare , after Arab. rajama VIII, and rakama , then רגמתם signifies their closely compacted band, as Jewish expositors have explained it (קהלם או קבוצם). Even if we connect רגם with רקם, variegare , or compare the proper name regem = Arab. rajm , socius (Böttcher), we arrive at much the same meaning.
Hupfeld’s conjecture רגשׁתם is consequently unnecessary.
Psa 68:19-27 Now begins the second circuit of the hymn. Comforted by the majestic picture of the future that he has beheld, the poet returns to the present, in which Israel is still oppressed, but yet not forsaken by God. The translation follows the accentuation, regular and in accordance with the sense, which has been restored by Baer after Heidenheim, viz.
, אדני has Zarka , and יעמס לנוּ Olewejored preceded by the sub-distinctive Rebia parvum ; it is therefore: Benedictus Dominator: quotidie bajulat nobis , - with which the Targum, Rashi, and Kimchi agree. עמס, like נשׂא and סבל, unites the significations to lay a burden upon one (Zec 12:3; Isa 46:1, Isa 46:3), and to carry a burden; with על it signifies to lay a burden upon any one, here with ל to take up a burden for any one and to bear it for him.
It is the burden or pressure of the hostile world that is meant, which the Lord day by day helps His church to bear, inasmuch as He is mighty by His strength in her who of herself is so feeble. The divine name אל, as being the subject of the sentence, is האל: God is our salvation. The music here again strikes in forte , and the same thought that is emphasized by the music in its turn, is also repeated in Psa 68:21 with heightened expression: God is to us a God למושׁעות, who grants us help in rich abundance.
The pluralet . denotes not so much the many single proofs of help, as the riches of rescuing power and grace. In Psa 68:21 למּות corresponds to the לנוּ; for it is not to be construed תּוצאות למּות: Jahve’s, the Lord, are the outgoings to death (Böttcher), i. e. , He can command that one shall not fall a prey to death. תוצאות, the parallel word to מושׁעות, signifies, and it is the most natural meaning, the escapings; יצא, evadere , as in 1Sa 14:41; 2Ki 13:5; Ecc 7:18.
In Jahve’s power are means of deliverance for death, i. e. , even for those who are already abandoned to death. With אך a joyously assuring inference is drawn from that which God is to Israel. The parallelism of the correctly divided verse shows that ראשׁ here, as in Psa 110:6, signifies caput in the literal sense, and not in the sense of princeps . The hair-covered scalp is mentioned as a token of arrogant strength, and unhumbled and impenitent pride, as in Deu 32:42, and as the Attic koma'n directly signifies to strut along, give one’s self airs.
The genitival construction is the same as in Isa 28:1 , Isa 32:13 . The form of expression refers back to Num 24:17, and so to speak inflects this primary passage very similarly to Jer 48:45. If קדקד שׂער be an object, then ראשׁ ought also to be a second object (that of the member of the body); the order of the words does not in itself forbid this (cf. Psa 3:8 with Deu 33:11), but would require a different arrangement in order to avoid ambiguities.
In Psa 68:23 the poet hears a divine utterance, or records one that he has heard: “From Bashan will I bring back, I will bring back from the eddies of the sea (from צוּל = צלל, to whiz, rattle; to whirl, eddy), i. e. , the depths or abysses of the sea. ” Whom? When after the destruction of Jerusalem a ship set sail for Rome with a freight of distinguished and well-formed captives before whom was the disgrace of prostitution, they all threw themselves into the sea, comforting themselves with this passage of Scripture ( Gittin 57 b , cf.
Echa Rabbathi 66 a ). They therefore took Psa 68:23 to be a promise which has Israel as its object; but the clause expressing a purpose, Psa 68:24, and the paraphrase in Amo 9:2. , show that the foes of Israel are conceived of as its object. Even if these have hidden themselves in the most out-of-the-way places, God will fetch them back and make His own people the executioners of His justice upon them.
The expectation is that the flight of the defeated foes will take a southernly direction, and that they will hide themselves in the primeval forests of Bashan, and still farther southward in the depths of the sea, i. e. , of the Dead Sea (ים as in Isa 16:8; 2Ch 20:2). Opposite to the hiding in the forests of the mountainous Bashan stands the hiding in the abyss of the sea, as the extreme of remoteness, that which is in itself impossible being assumed as possible.
The first member of the clause expressing the purpose, Psa 68:24, becomes more easy and pleasing if we read תּרחץ (lxx, Syriac, and Vulgate, ut intingatur ), according to Psa 58:11. So far as the letters are concerned, the conjecture תּחמץ (from which תמחץ, according to Chajug', is transposed), after Isa 63:1, is still more natural (Hitzig): that thy foot may redden itself in blood.
This is certainly somewhat tame, and moreover מדּם would be better suited to this rendering than בּדם. As the text now stands, תּמחץ is equivalent to תּמחצם (them, viz. , the enemies), and רגלך בּדם is an adverbial clause (setting or plunging thy foot in blood). It is, however, also possible that מחץ is used like Arab. machaḍa ( vehementer commovere ): ut concutias s.
agites pedem tuam in sanguine . Can it now be that in Psa 68:24 from among the number of the enemies of the one who goes about glorying in his sins, the רשׁע κατ ̓ ἐξοχήν (cf. Isa 11:4; Hab 3:13, and other passages), is brought prominently forward by מנּהוּ? Hardly so; the absence of תּלק ( lambat ) cannot be tolerated, cf. 1Ki 21:19; 1Ki 22:38. It is more natural, with Simonis, to refer מנּהוּ back to לשׁון (a word which is usually fem .
, but sometimes perhaps is masc . , Psa 22:16; Pro 26:28); and, since side by side with ממּנוּ only מנהוּ occurs anywhere else (Ew. §263, b ), to take it in the signification pars ejus (מן from מנן = מגה, after the form גּז, חן, קץ, of the same meaning as מגה, מנת, Psa 63:11), in favour of which Hupfeld also decides. What is now described in Psa 68:25-28, is not the rejoicing over a victory gained in the immediate past, nor the rejoicing over the earlier deliverance at the Red Sea, but Israel’s joyful celebration when it shall have experienced the avenging and redemptive work of its God and King.
According to Psa 77:14; Hab 3:6, הליכות appears to be God’s march against the enemy; but what follows shows that the pompa magnifica of God is intended, after He has overcome the enemy. Israel’s festival of victory is looked upon as a triumphal procession of God Himself, the King, who governs in holiness, and has now subjugated and humbled the unholy world; בּקּדשׁ as in Psa 68:18.
The rendering “in the sanctuary' is very natural in this passage, but Exo 15:11; Psa 77:14, are against it. The subject of ראוּ is all the world, more especially those of the heathen who have escaped the slaughter. The perfect signifies: they have seen, just as קדּמוּ, they have occupied the front position. Singers head the procession, after them (אחר, an adverb as in Gen 22:13; Exo 5:1) players upon citherns and harps (נגנים, participle to נגּן), and on either side virgins with timbrels (Spanish adufe ); תּופפות, apocopated part.
Poel with the retension of ē (cf. שׁוקקה, Psa 107:9), from תּפף, to strike the תּף (Arab. duff ). It is a retrospective reference to the song at the Sea, now again come into life, which Miriam and the women of Israel sang amidst the music of timbrels. The deliverance which is now being celebrated is the counterpart of the deliverance out of Egypt. Songs resound as in Psa 68:27, “in gatherings of the congregation (and, so to speak, in full choirs) praise ye Elohim.
” מקהלות (מקהלים, Psa 26:12) is the plural to קהל (Psa 22:23), which forms none of its own (cf. post-biblical קהלּות from קהלּה). Psa 68:27 is abridged from ברכו אדני אשׁר אתם ממקור ישראל, praise ye the Lord, ye who have Israel for your fountainhead. אדני, in accordance with the sense, has Mugrash. Israel is here the name of the patriarch, from whom as from its fountainhead the nation has spread itself abroad; cf.
Isa 48:1; Isa 51:1, and as to the syntax ממּך, those who descend from thee, Isa 58:12. In the festive assembly all the tribes of Israel are represented by their princes. Two each from the southern and northern tribes are mentioned. Out of Benjamin was Israel’s first king, the first royal victor over the Gentiles; and in Benjamin, according to the promise (Deu 33:12) and according to the accounts of the boundaries (Jos 18:16.
, Jos 15:7.) , lay the sanctuary of Israel. Thus, therefore, the tribe which, according both to order of birth (Gen 43:29.) and also extent of jurisdiction and numbers (1Sa 9:21), was “little,” was honoured beyond the others. Judah, however, came to the throne in the person of David, and became for ever the royal tribe. Zebulun and Naphtali are the tribes highly praised in Deborah’s song of victory (Jdg 5:18, cf.
Psa 4:6) on account of their patriotic bravery. רדם, giving no sense when taken from the well-known verb רדם, falls back upon רדה, and is consequently equivalent to רדם (cf. Lam 1:13), subduing or ruling them; according to the sense, equivalent to רדה בם (1 Kings 5:30; 1Ki 9:23; 2Ch 8:10), like המּצלם, not “their leader up,” but ὁ ἀναγαγὼν αὐτοὺς, Isa 63:11, not = רדיהם (like עשׂיהם, ראיהם), which would signify their subduer or their subduers.
The verb רדה, elsewhere to subjugate, oppress, hold down by force, Eze 34:4; Lev 25:53, is here used of the peaceful occupation of the leader who maintains the order of a stately and gorgeous procession. For the reference to the enemies, “their subduer,” is without any coherence. But to render the parallel word רגמתם “their (the enemies') stoning” (Hengstenberg, Vaihinger, and others, according to Böttcher’s “Proben” ), is, to say nothing more, devoid of taste; moreover רגם does not mean to throw stones with a sling, but to stone as a judicial procedure.
If we assign to the verb רגם the primary signification congerere, accumulare , after Arab. rajama VIII, and rakama , then רגמתם signifies their closely compacted band, as Jewish expositors have explained it (קהלם או קבוצם). Even if we connect רגם with רקם, variegare , or compare the proper name regem = Arab. rajm , socius (Böttcher), we arrive at much the same meaning.
Hupfeld’s conjecture רגשׁתם is consequently unnecessary.
Psa 68:19-27 Now begins the second circuit of the hymn. Comforted by the majestic picture of the future that he has beheld, the poet returns to the present, in which Israel is still oppressed, but yet not forsaken by God. The translation follows the accentuation, regular and in accordance with the sense, which has been restored by Baer after Heidenheim, viz.
, אדני has Zarka , and יעמס לנוּ Olewejored preceded by the sub-distinctive Rebia parvum ; it is therefore: Benedictus Dominator: quotidie bajulat nobis , - with which the Targum, Rashi, and Kimchi agree. עמס, like נשׂא and סבל, unites the significations to lay a burden upon one (Zec 12:3; Isa 46:1, Isa 46:3), and to carry a burden; with על it signifies to lay a burden upon any one, here with ל to take up a burden for any one and to bear it for him.
It is the burden or pressure of the hostile world that is meant, which the Lord day by day helps His church to bear, inasmuch as He is mighty by His strength in her who of herself is so feeble. The divine name אל, as being the subject of the sentence, is האל: God is our salvation. The music here again strikes in forte , and the same thought that is emphasized by the music in its turn, is also repeated in Psa 68:21 with heightened expression: God is to us a God למושׁעות, who grants us help in rich abundance.
The pluralet . denotes not so much the many single proofs of help, as the riches of rescuing power and grace. In Psa 68:21 למּות corresponds to the לנוּ; for it is not to be construed תּוצאות למּות: Jahve’s, the Lord, are the outgoings to death (Böttcher), i. e. , He can command that one shall not fall a prey to death. תוצאות, the parallel word to מושׁעות, signifies, and it is the most natural meaning, the escapings; יצא, evadere , as in 1Sa 14:41; 2Ki 13:5; Ecc 7:18.
In Jahve’s power are means of deliverance for death, i. e. , even for those who are already abandoned to death. With אך a joyously assuring inference is drawn from that which God is to Israel. The parallelism of the correctly divided verse shows that ראשׁ here, as in Psa 110:6, signifies caput in the literal sense, and not in the sense of princeps . The hair-covered scalp is mentioned as a token of arrogant strength, and unhumbled and impenitent pride, as in Deu 32:42, and as the Attic koma'n directly signifies to strut along, give one’s self airs.
The genitival construction is the same as in Isa 28:1 , Isa 32:13 . The form of expression refers back to Num 24:17, and so to speak inflects this primary passage very similarly to Jer 48:45. If קדקד שׂער be an object, then ראשׁ ought also to be a second object (that of the member of the body); the order of the words does not in itself forbid this (cf. Psa 3:8 with Deu 33:11), but would require a different arrangement in order to avoid ambiguities.
In Psa 68:23 the poet hears a divine utterance, or records one that he has heard: “From Bashan will I bring back, I will bring back from the eddies of the sea (from צוּל = צלל, to whiz, rattle; to whirl, eddy), i. e. , the depths or abysses of the sea. ” Whom? When after the destruction of Jerusalem a ship set sail for Rome with a freight of distinguished and well-formed captives before whom was the disgrace of prostitution, they all threw themselves into the sea, comforting themselves with this passage of Scripture ( Gittin 57 b , cf.
Echa Rabbathi 66 a ). They therefore took Psa 68:23 to be a promise which has Israel as its object; but the clause expressing a purpose, Psa 68:24, and the paraphrase in Amo 9:2. , show that the foes of Israel are conceived of as its object. Even if these have hidden themselves in the most out-of-the-way places, God will fetch them back and make His own people the executioners of His justice upon them.
The expectation is that the flight of the defeated foes will take a southernly direction, and that they will hide themselves in the primeval forests of Bashan, and still farther southward in the depths of the sea, i. e. , of the Dead Sea (ים as in Isa 16:8; 2Ch 20:2). Opposite to the hiding in the forests of the mountainous Bashan stands the hiding in the abyss of the sea, as the extreme of remoteness, that which is in itself impossible being assumed as possible.
The first member of the clause expressing the purpose, Psa 68:24, becomes more easy and pleasing if we read תּרחץ (lxx, Syriac, and Vulgate, ut intingatur ), according to Psa 58:11. So far as the letters are concerned, the conjecture תּחמץ (from which תמחץ, according to Chajug', is transposed), after Isa 63:1, is still more natural (Hitzig): that thy foot may redden itself in blood.
This is certainly somewhat tame, and moreover מדּם would be better suited to this rendering than בּדם. As the text now stands, תּמחץ is equivalent to תּמחצם (them, viz. , the enemies), and רגלך בּדם is an adverbial clause (setting or plunging thy foot in blood). It is, however, also possible that מחץ is used like Arab. machaḍa ( vehementer commovere ): ut concutias s.
agites pedem tuam in sanguine . Can it now be that in Psa 68:24 from among the number of the enemies of the one who goes about glorying in his sins, the רשׁע κατ ̓ ἐξοχήν (cf. Isa 11:4; Hab 3:13, and other passages), is brought prominently forward by מנּהוּ? Hardly so; the absence of תּלק ( lambat ) cannot be tolerated, cf. 1Ki 21:19; 1Ki 22:38. It is more natural, with Simonis, to refer מנּהוּ back to לשׁון (a word which is usually fem .
, but sometimes perhaps is masc . , Psa 22:16; Pro 26:28); and, since side by side with ממּנוּ only מנהוּ occurs anywhere else (Ew. §263, b ), to take it in the signification pars ejus (מן from מנן = מגה, after the form גּז, חן, קץ, of the same meaning as מגה, מנת, Psa 63:11), in favour of which Hupfeld also decides. What is now described in Psa 68:25-28, is not the rejoicing over a victory gained in the immediate past, nor the rejoicing over the earlier deliverance at the Red Sea, but Israel’s joyful celebration when it shall have experienced the avenging and redemptive work of its God and King.
According to Psa 77:14; Hab 3:6, הליכות appears to be God’s march against the enemy; but what follows shows that the pompa magnifica of God is intended, after He has overcome the enemy. Israel’s festival of victory is looked upon as a triumphal procession of God Himself, the King, who governs in holiness, and has now subjugated and humbled the unholy world; בּקּדשׁ as in Psa 68:18.
The rendering “in the sanctuary' is very natural in this passage, but Exo 15:11; Psa 77:14, are against it. The subject of ראוּ is all the world, more especially those of the heathen who have escaped the slaughter. The perfect signifies: they have seen, just as קדּמוּ, they have occupied the front position. Singers head the procession, after them (אחר, an adverb as in Gen 22:13; Exo 5:1) players upon citherns and harps (נגנים, participle to נגּן), and on either side virgins with timbrels (Spanish adufe ); תּופפות, apocopated part.
Poel with the retension of ē (cf. שׁוקקה, Psa 107:9), from תּפף, to strike the תּף (Arab. duff ). It is a retrospective reference to the song at the Sea, now again come into life, which Miriam and the women of Israel sang amidst the music of timbrels. The deliverance which is now being celebrated is the counterpart of the deliverance out of Egypt. Songs resound as in Psa 68:27, “in gatherings of the congregation (and, so to speak, in full choirs) praise ye Elohim.
” מקהלות (מקהלים, Psa 26:12) is the plural to קהל (Psa 22:23), which forms none of its own (cf. post-biblical קהלּות from קהלּה). Psa 68:27 is abridged from ברכו אדני אשׁר אתם ממקור ישראל, praise ye the Lord, ye who have Israel for your fountainhead. אדני, in accordance with the sense, has Mugrash. Israel is here the name of the patriarch, from whom as from its fountainhead the nation has spread itself abroad; cf.
Isa 48:1; Isa 51:1, and as to the syntax ממּך, those who descend from thee, Isa 58:12. In the festive assembly all the tribes of Israel are represented by their princes. Two each from the southern and northern tribes are mentioned. Out of Benjamin was Israel’s first king, the first royal victor over the Gentiles; and in Benjamin, according to the promise (Deu 33:12) and according to the accounts of the boundaries (Jos 18:16.
, Jos 15:7.) , lay the sanctuary of Israel. Thus, therefore, the tribe which, according both to order of birth (Gen 43:29.) and also extent of jurisdiction and numbers (1Sa 9:21), was “little,” was honoured beyond the others. Judah, however, came to the throne in the person of David, and became for ever the royal tribe. Zebulun and Naphtali are the tribes highly praised in Deborah’s song of victory (Jdg 5:18, cf.
Psa 4:6) on account of their patriotic bravery. רדם, giving no sense when taken from the well-known verb רדם, falls back upon רדה, and is consequently equivalent to רדם (cf. Lam 1:13), subduing or ruling them; according to the sense, equivalent to רדה בם (1 Kings 5:30; 1Ki 9:23; 2Ch 8:10), like המּצלם, not “their leader up,” but ὁ ἀναγαγὼν αὐτοὺς, Isa 63:11, not = רדיהם (like עשׂיהם, ראיהם), which would signify their subduer or their subduers.
The verb רדה, elsewhere to subjugate, oppress, hold down by force, Eze 34:4; Lev 25:53, is here used of the peaceful occupation of the leader who maintains the order of a stately and gorgeous procession. For the reference to the enemies, “their subduer,” is without any coherence. But to render the parallel word רגמתם “their (the enemies') stoning” (Hengstenberg, Vaihinger, and others, according to Böttcher’s “Proben” ), is, to say nothing more, devoid of taste; moreover רגם does not mean to throw stones with a sling, but to stone as a judicial procedure.
If we assign to the verb רגם the primary signification congerere, accumulare , after Arab. rajama VIII, and rakama , then רגמתם signifies their closely compacted band, as Jewish expositors have explained it (קהלם או קבוצם). Even if we connect רגם with רקם, variegare , or compare the proper name regem = Arab. rajm , socius (Böttcher), we arrive at much the same meaning.
Hupfeld’s conjecture רגשׁתם is consequently unnecessary.
Psa 68:19-27 Now begins the second circuit of the hymn. Comforted by the majestic picture of the future that he has beheld, the poet returns to the present, in which Israel is still oppressed, but yet not forsaken by God. The translation follows the accentuation, regular and in accordance with the sense, which has been restored by Baer after Heidenheim, viz.
, אדני has Zarka , and יעמס לנוּ Olewejored preceded by the sub-distinctive Rebia parvum ; it is therefore: Benedictus Dominator: quotidie bajulat nobis , - with which the Targum, Rashi, and Kimchi agree. עמס, like נשׂא and סבל, unites the significations to lay a burden upon one (Zec 12:3; Isa 46:1, Isa 46:3), and to carry a burden; with על it signifies to lay a burden upon any one, here with ל to take up a burden for any one and to bear it for him.
It is the burden or pressure of the hostile world that is meant, which the Lord day by day helps His church to bear, inasmuch as He is mighty by His strength in her who of herself is so feeble. The divine name אל, as being the subject of the sentence, is האל: God is our salvation. The music here again strikes in forte , and the same thought that is emphasized by the music in its turn, is also repeated in Psa 68:21 with heightened expression: God is to us a God למושׁעות, who grants us help in rich abundance.
The pluralet . denotes not so much the many single proofs of help, as the riches of rescuing power and grace. In Psa 68:21 למּות corresponds to the לנוּ; for it is not to be construed תּוצאות למּות: Jahve’s, the Lord, are the outgoings to death (Böttcher), i. e. , He can command that one shall not fall a prey to death. תוצאות, the parallel word to מושׁעות, signifies, and it is the most natural meaning, the escapings; יצא, evadere , as in 1Sa 14:41; 2Ki 13:5; Ecc 7:18.
In Jahve’s power are means of deliverance for death, i. e. , even for those who are already abandoned to death. With אך a joyously assuring inference is drawn from that which God is to Israel. The parallelism of the correctly divided verse shows that ראשׁ here, as in Psa 110:6, signifies caput in the literal sense, and not in the sense of princeps . The hair-covered scalp is mentioned as a token of arrogant strength, and unhumbled and impenitent pride, as in Deu 32:42, and as the Attic koma'n directly signifies to strut along, give one’s self airs.
The genitival construction is the same as in Isa 28:1 , Isa 32:13 . The form of expression refers back to Num 24:17, and so to speak inflects this primary passage very similarly to Jer 48:45. If קדקד שׂער be an object, then ראשׁ ought also to be a second object (that of the member of the body); the order of the words does not in itself forbid this (cf. Psa 3:8 with Deu 33:11), but would require a different arrangement in order to avoid ambiguities.
In Psa 68:23 the poet hears a divine utterance, or records one that he has heard: “From Bashan will I bring back, I will bring back from the eddies of the sea (from צוּל = צלל, to whiz, rattle; to whirl, eddy), i. e. , the depths or abysses of the sea. ” Whom? When after the destruction of Jerusalem a ship set sail for Rome with a freight of distinguished and well-formed captives before whom was the disgrace of prostitution, they all threw themselves into the sea, comforting themselves with this passage of Scripture ( Gittin 57 b , cf.
Echa Rabbathi 66 a ). They therefore took Psa 68:23 to be a promise which has Israel as its object; but the clause expressing a purpose, Psa 68:24, and the paraphrase in Amo 9:2. , show that the foes of Israel are conceived of as its object. Even if these have hidden themselves in the most out-of-the-way places, God will fetch them back and make His own people the executioners of His justice upon them.
The expectation is that the flight of the defeated foes will take a southernly direction, and that they will hide themselves in the primeval forests of Bashan, and still farther southward in the depths of the sea, i. e. , of the Dead Sea (ים as in Isa 16:8; 2Ch 20:2). Opposite to the hiding in the forests of the mountainous Bashan stands the hiding in the abyss of the sea, as the extreme of remoteness, that which is in itself impossible being assumed as possible.
The first member of the clause expressing the purpose, Psa 68:24, becomes more easy and pleasing if we read תּרחץ (lxx, Syriac, and Vulgate, ut intingatur ), according to Psa 58:11. So far as the letters are concerned, the conjecture תּחמץ (from which תמחץ, according to Chajug', is transposed), after Isa 63:1, is still more natural (Hitzig): that thy foot may redden itself in blood.
This is certainly somewhat tame, and moreover מדּם would be better suited to this rendering than בּדם. As the text now stands, תּמחץ is equivalent to תּמחצם (them, viz. , the enemies), and רגלך בּדם is an adverbial clause (setting or plunging thy foot in blood). It is, however, also possible that מחץ is used like Arab. machaḍa ( vehementer commovere ): ut concutias s.
agites pedem tuam in sanguine . Can it now be that in Psa 68:24 from among the number of the enemies of the one who goes about glorying in his sins, the רשׁע κατ ̓ ἐξοχήν (cf. Isa 11:4; Hab 3:13, and other passages), is brought prominently forward by מנּהוּ? Hardly so; the absence of תּלק ( lambat ) cannot be tolerated, cf. 1Ki 21:19; 1Ki 22:38. It is more natural, with Simonis, to refer מנּהוּ back to לשׁון (a word which is usually fem .
, but sometimes perhaps is masc . , Psa 22:16; Pro 26:28); and, since side by side with ממּנוּ only מנהוּ occurs anywhere else (Ew. §263, b ), to take it in the signification pars ejus (מן from מנן = מגה, after the form גּז, חן, קץ, of the same meaning as מגה, מנת, Psa 63:11), in favour of which Hupfeld also decides. What is now described in Psa 68:25-28, is not the rejoicing over a victory gained in the immediate past, nor the rejoicing over the earlier deliverance at the Red Sea, but Israel’s joyful celebration when it shall have experienced the avenging and redemptive work of its God and King.
According to Psa 77:14; Hab 3:6, הליכות appears to be God’s march against the enemy; but what follows shows that the pompa magnifica of God is intended, after He has overcome the enemy. Israel’s festival of victory is looked upon as a triumphal procession of God Himself, the King, who governs in holiness, and has now subjugated and humbled the unholy world; בּקּדשׁ as in Psa 68:18.
The rendering “in the sanctuary' is very natural in this passage, but Exo 15:11; Psa 77:14, are against it. The subject of ראוּ is all the world, more especially those of the heathen who have escaped the slaughter. The perfect signifies: they have seen, just as קדּמוּ, they have occupied the front position. Singers head the procession, after them (אחר, an adverb as in Gen 22:13; Exo 5:1) players upon citherns and harps (נגנים, participle to נגּן), and on either side virgins with timbrels (Spanish adufe ); תּופפות, apocopated part.
Poel with the retension of ē (cf. שׁוקקה, Psa 107:9), from תּפף, to strike the תּף (Arab. duff ). It is a retrospective reference to the song at the Sea, now again come into life, which Miriam and the women of Israel sang amidst the music of timbrels. The deliverance which is now being celebrated is the counterpart of the deliverance out of Egypt. Songs resound as in Psa 68:27, “in gatherings of the congregation (and, so to speak, in full choirs) praise ye Elohim.
” מקהלות (מקהלים, Psa 26:12) is the plural to קהל (Psa 22:23), which forms none of its own (cf. post-biblical קהלּות from קהלּה). Psa 68:27 is abridged from ברכו אדני אשׁר אתם ממקור ישראל, praise ye the Lord, ye who have Israel for your fountainhead. אדני, in accordance with the sense, has Mugrash. Israel is here the name of the patriarch, from whom as from its fountainhead the nation has spread itself abroad; cf.
Isa 48:1; Isa 51:1, and as to the syntax ממּך, those who descend from thee, Isa 58:12. In the festive assembly all the tribes of Israel are represented by their princes. Two each from the southern and northern tribes are mentioned. Out of Benjamin was Israel’s first king, the first royal victor over the Gentiles; and in Benjamin, according to the promise (Deu 33:12) and according to the accounts of the boundaries (Jos 18:16.
, Jos 15:7.) , lay the sanctuary of Israel. Thus, therefore, the tribe which, according both to order of birth (Gen 43:29.) and also extent of jurisdiction and numbers (1Sa 9:21), was “little,” was honoured beyond the others. Judah, however, came to the throne in the person of David, and became for ever the royal tribe. Zebulun and Naphtali are the tribes highly praised in Deborah’s song of victory (Jdg 5:18, cf.
Psa 4:6) on account of their patriotic bravery. רדם, giving no sense when taken from the well-known verb רדם, falls back upon רדה, and is consequently equivalent to רדם (cf. Lam 1:13), subduing or ruling them; according to the sense, equivalent to רדה בם (1 Kings 5:30; 1Ki 9:23; 2Ch 8:10), like המּצלם, not “their leader up,” but ὁ ἀναγαγὼν αὐτοὺς, Isa 63:11, not = רדיהם (like עשׂיהם, ראיהם), which would signify their subduer or their subduers.
The verb רדה, elsewhere to subjugate, oppress, hold down by force, Eze 34:4; Lev 25:53, is here used of the peaceful occupation of the leader who maintains the order of a stately and gorgeous procession. For the reference to the enemies, “their subduer,” is without any coherence. But to render the parallel word רגמתם “their (the enemies') stoning” (Hengstenberg, Vaihinger, and others, according to Böttcher’s “Proben” ), is, to say nothing more, devoid of taste; moreover רגם does not mean to throw stones with a sling, but to stone as a judicial procedure.
If we assign to the verb רגם the primary signification congerere, accumulare , after Arab. rajama VIII, and rakama , then רגמתם signifies their closely compacted band, as Jewish expositors have explained it (קהלם או קבוצם). Even if we connect רגם with רקם, variegare , or compare the proper name regem = Arab. rajm , socius (Böttcher), we arrive at much the same meaning.
Hupfeld’s conjecture רגשׁתם is consequently unnecessary.
Psa 68:28-35 The poet now looks forth beyond the domain of Israel, and describes the effects of Jahve’s deed of judgment and deliverance in the Gentile world. The language of Psa 68:29 is addressed to Israel, or rather to its king (Psa 86:16; Psa 110:2): God, to whom everything is subject, has given Israel עז, victory and power over the world. Out of the consciousness that He alone can preserve Israel upon this height of power upon which it is placed, who has placed it thereon, grows the prayer: establish (עוּזּה with וּ for ŭ , as is frequently the case, and with the accent on the ultima on account of the following Aleph , vid.
, on Psa 6:5), Elohim, that which Thou hast wrought for us; עזז, roborare , as in Pro 8:28; Ecc 7:19, lxx δυνάμωσον, Symmachus ἐνίσχυσον. It might also be interpreted: show Thyself powerful (cf. רוּמה, 21:14), Thou who (Isa 42:24) hast wrought for us (פּעל as in Isa 43:13, with ל, like עשׂה ל, Isa 64:3); but in the other way of taking it the prayer attaches itself more sequentially to what precedes, and Psa 62:12 shows that זוּ can also represent the neuter.
Hitzig has a still different rendering: the powerful divine help, which Thou hast given us; but although - instead of -ת in the stat. construct . is Ephraimitish style (vid. , on Psa 45:5), yet עוּזּה for עז is an unknown word, and the expression “from Thy temple,” which is manifestly addressed to Elohim, shows that פּעלתּ is not the language of address to the king (according to Hitzig, to Jehoshaphat).
The language of prayerful address is retained in Psa 68:30. From the words מהיכלך על ירושׁלם there is nothing to be transported to Psa 68:29 (Hupfeld); for Psa 68:30 would thereby become stunted. The words together are the statement of the starting-point of the oblations belonging to יובילוּ: starting from Thy temple, which soars aloft over Jerusalem, may kings bring Thee, who sittest enthroned there in the Holy of holies, tributary gifts (שׁי as in Psa 76:12; Psa 18:7).
In this connection (of prayer) it is the expression of the desire that the Temple may become the zenith or cynosure, and Jerusalem the metropolis, of the world. In this passage, where it introduces the seat of religious worship, the taking of מן as expressing the primary cause, “because or on account of Thy Temple” (Ewald), is not to be entertained. In Psa 68:31 follows a summons, which in this instance is only the form in which the prediction clothes itself.
The “beast of the reed” is not the lion, of which sojourn among the reeds is not a characteristic (although it makes its home inter arundineta Mesopotamiae, Ammianus , Psa 18:7, and in the thickets of the Jordan, Jer 49:19; Jer 50:44; Zec 11:3). The reed is in itself an emblem of Egypt (Isa 36:6, cf. Psa 19:6), and it is therefore either the crocodile, the usual emblem of Pharaoh and of the power of Egypt (Eze 29:3, cf.
Psa 74:13.) that is meant, or even the hippopotamus (Egyptian p - ehe - môut ), which also symbolizes Egypt in Isa 30:6 (which see), and according to Job 40:21 is more appropriately than the crocodile (התנין אשׁר בּיּם, Isa 27:1) called היּת קנה. Egypt appears here as the greatest and most dreaded worldly power. Elohim is to check the haughty ones who exalt themselves over Israel and Israel’s God.
אבּירים, strong ones, are bulls (Psa 22:13) as an emblem of the kings; and עגלי explains itself by the genit. epexeg . עמּים . gexep: together with ( Beth of the accompaniment as in Psa 68:31 , Psa 66:13, and beside the plur. humanus , Jer 41:15) the calves, viz. , the peoples, over whom those bulls rule. With the one emblem of Egypt is combined the idea of defiant self-confidence, and with the other the idea of comfortable security (vid.
, Jer 46:20.) That which is brought prominently forward as the consequence of the menace is moulded in keeping with these emblems. מתרפּס, which has been explained by Flaminius substantially correctly: ut supplex veniat , is intended to be taken as a part. fut . (according to the Arabic grammar, ḥâl muqaddar , lit. , a predisposed condition). It thus comprehensively in the singular (like עבר in Psa 8:9) with one stroke depicts thoroughly humbled pride; for רפס (cf.
רמס) signifies to stamp, pound, or trample, to knock down, and the Hithpa . either to behave as a trampling one, Pro 6:3, or to trample upon one’s self, i. e. , to cast one’s self violently upon the ground. Others explain it as conculcandum se praebere ; but such a meaning cannot be shown to exist in the sphere of the Hebrew Hithpael ; moreover this “suffering one’s self to be trampled upon” does not so well suit the words, which require a more active sense, viz.
, בּרצּי־כסףcep, in which is expressed the idea that the riches which the Gentiles have hitherto employed in the service of God-opposed worldliness, are no offered to the God of Israel by those who both in outward circumstances and in heart are vanquished (cf. Isa 60; 9). רץ־כּסף (from רצץ, confringere ) is a piece of uncoined silver, a bar, wedge, or ingot of silver.
In בּזּר there is a wide leap from the call גּער to the language of description. This rapid change is also to be found in other instances, and more especially in this dithyrambic Psalm we may readily give up any idea of a change in the pointing, as בּזּר or בּזּר (lxx διασκόρπισον); בּזּר, as it stands, cannot be imperative (Hitzig), for the final vowel essential to the imperat.
Piel is wanting. God hath scattered the peoples delighting in war; war is therefore at an end, and the peace of the world is realized. In Psa 68:32, the contemplation of the future again takes a different turn: futures follow as the most natural expression of that which is future. The form יאתיוּ, more usually found in pause, here stands pathetically at the beginning, as in Job 12:6.
השׁמנּים, compared with the Arabic chšm (whence Arab. chaššm , a nose, a word erroneously denied by Gesenius), would signify the supercilious, contemptuous (cf. Arab. âšammun , nasutus , as an appellation of a proud person who will put up with nothing). On the other hand, compared with Arab. ḥšm , it would mean the fat ones, inasmuch as this verbal stem (root Arab.
ḥšš , cf. השׁרת, 2Sa 22:12), starting from the primary signification “to be pressed together,” also signifies “to be compressed, become compact,” i. e. , to regain one’s plumpness, to make flesh and fat, applied, according to the usage of the language, to wasted men and animals. The commonly compared Arab. ḥšı̂m , vir magni famulitii , is not at all natural, - a usage which is brought about by the intransitive signification proper to the verb starting from its radical signification, “to become or be angry, to be zealous about any one or anything,” inasmuch as the nomen verbale Arab.
hạšamun signifies in the concrete sense a person, or collectively persons, for whose maintenance, safety, and honour one is keenly solicitous, such as the members of the family, household attendants, servants, neighbours, clients or protègés, guest-friends; also a thing which one ardently seeks, and over the preservation of which one keeps zealous watch (Fleischer). Here there does not appear to be any connecting link whatever in the Arabic which might furnish some hold for the Hebrew; hence it will be more advisable, by comparison of השׁמל and חשׁן, to understand by חשׁמנים, the resplendent, most distinguished ones, perillustres .
The dignitaries of Egypt come to give glory to the God of Israel, and Aethiopia, disheartened by fear before Jahve (cf. Hab 3:7), causes his hands to run to Elohim, i. e. , hastens to stretch them out. Thus it is interpreted by most expositors. But if it is ידיו, why is it not also יריץ? We reply, the Hebrew style, even in connection with words that stand close beside one another, does not seek to avoid either the enallage generis (e.
g. , Job 39:3, Job 39:16), or the enall. numeri (e. g. , Psa 62:5). But “to cause the hands to run” is a far-fetched and easily misunderstood figure. We may avoid it, if, with Böttcher and Olshausen, we disregard the accentuation and interpret thus, “Cush - his hands cause to hasten, i. e. , bring on in haste (1Sa 17:17; 2Ch 35:13), to Elohim,” viz. , propitiating gifts; תּריץ being the predicate to ידיו, according to Ges.
§146, 3.
Psa 68:28-35 The poet now looks forth beyond the domain of Israel, and describes the effects of Jahve’s deed of judgment and deliverance in the Gentile world. The language of Psa 68:29 is addressed to Israel, or rather to its king (Psa 86:16; Psa 110:2): God, to whom everything is subject, has given Israel עז, victory and power over the world. Out of the consciousness that He alone can preserve Israel upon this height of power upon which it is placed, who has placed it thereon, grows the prayer: establish (עוּזּה with וּ for ŭ , as is frequently the case, and with the accent on the ultima on account of the following Aleph , vid.
, on Psa 6:5), Elohim, that which Thou hast wrought for us; עזז, roborare , as in Pro 8:28; Ecc 7:19, lxx δυνάμωσον, Symmachus ἐνίσχυσον. It might also be interpreted: show Thyself powerful (cf. רוּמה, 21:14), Thou who (Isa 42:24) hast wrought for us (פּעל as in Isa 43:13, with ל, like עשׂה ל, Isa 64:3); but in the other way of taking it the prayer attaches itself more sequentially to what precedes, and Psa 62:12 shows that זוּ can also represent the neuter.
Hitzig has a still different rendering: the powerful divine help, which Thou hast given us; but although - instead of -ת in the stat. construct . is Ephraimitish style (vid. , on Psa 45:5), yet עוּזּה for עז is an unknown word, and the expression “from Thy temple,” which is manifestly addressed to Elohim, shows that פּעלתּ is not the language of address to the king (according to Hitzig, to Jehoshaphat).
The language of prayerful address is retained in Psa 68:30. From the words מהיכלך על ירושׁלם there is nothing to be transported to Psa 68:29 (Hupfeld); for Psa 68:30 would thereby become stunted. The words together are the statement of the starting-point of the oblations belonging to יובילוּ: starting from Thy temple, which soars aloft over Jerusalem, may kings bring Thee, who sittest enthroned there in the Holy of holies, tributary gifts (שׁי as in Psa 76:12; Psa 18:7).
In this connection (of prayer) it is the expression of the desire that the Temple may become the zenith or cynosure, and Jerusalem the metropolis, of the world. In this passage, where it introduces the seat of religious worship, the taking of מן as expressing the primary cause, “because or on account of Thy Temple” (Ewald), is not to be entertained. In Psa 68:31 follows a summons, which in this instance is only the form in which the prediction clothes itself.
The “beast of the reed” is not the lion, of which sojourn among the reeds is not a characteristic (although it makes its home inter arundineta Mesopotamiae, Ammianus , Psa 18:7, and in the thickets of the Jordan, Jer 49:19; Jer 50:44; Zec 11:3). The reed is in itself an emblem of Egypt (Isa 36:6, cf. Psa 19:6), and it is therefore either the crocodile, the usual emblem of Pharaoh and of the power of Egypt (Eze 29:3, cf.
Psa 74:13.) that is meant, or even the hippopotamus (Egyptian p - ehe - môut ), which also symbolizes Egypt in Isa 30:6 (which see), and according to Job 40:21 is more appropriately than the crocodile (התנין אשׁר בּיּם, Isa 27:1) called היּת קנה. Egypt appears here as the greatest and most dreaded worldly power. Elohim is to check the haughty ones who exalt themselves over Israel and Israel’s God.
אבּירים, strong ones, are bulls (Psa 22:13) as an emblem of the kings; and עגלי explains itself by the genit. epexeg . עמּים . gexep: together with ( Beth of the accompaniment as in Psa 68:31 , Psa 66:13, and beside the plur. humanus , Jer 41:15) the calves, viz. , the peoples, over whom those bulls rule. With the one emblem of Egypt is combined the idea of defiant self-confidence, and with the other the idea of comfortable security (vid.
, Jer 46:20.) That which is brought prominently forward as the consequence of the menace is moulded in keeping with these emblems. מתרפּס, which has been explained by Flaminius substantially correctly: ut supplex veniat , is intended to be taken as a part. fut . (according to the Arabic grammar, ḥâl muqaddar , lit. , a predisposed condition). It thus comprehensively in the singular (like עבר in Psa 8:9) with one stroke depicts thoroughly humbled pride; for רפס (cf.
רמס) signifies to stamp, pound, or trample, to knock down, and the Hithpa . either to behave as a trampling one, Pro 6:3, or to trample upon one’s self, i. e. , to cast one’s self violently upon the ground. Others explain it as conculcandum se praebere ; but such a meaning cannot be shown to exist in the sphere of the Hebrew Hithpael ; moreover this “suffering one’s self to be trampled upon” does not so well suit the words, which require a more active sense, viz.
, בּרצּי־כסףcep, in which is expressed the idea that the riches which the Gentiles have hitherto employed in the service of God-opposed worldliness, are no offered to the God of Israel by those who both in outward circumstances and in heart are vanquished (cf. Isa 60; 9). רץ־כּסף (from רצץ, confringere ) is a piece of uncoined silver, a bar, wedge, or ingot of silver.
In בּזּר there is a wide leap from the call גּער to the language of description. This rapid change is also to be found in other instances, and more especially in this dithyrambic Psalm we may readily give up any idea of a change in the pointing, as בּזּר or בּזּר (lxx διασκόρπισον); בּזּר, as it stands, cannot be imperative (Hitzig), for the final vowel essential to the imperat.
Piel is wanting. God hath scattered the peoples delighting in war; war is therefore at an end, and the peace of the world is realized. In Psa 68:32, the contemplation of the future again takes a different turn: futures follow as the most natural expression of that which is future. The form יאתיוּ, more usually found in pause, here stands pathetically at the beginning, as in Job 12:6.
השׁמנּים, compared with the Arabic chšm (whence Arab. chaššm , a nose, a word erroneously denied by Gesenius), would signify the supercilious, contemptuous (cf. Arab. âšammun , nasutus , as an appellation of a proud person who will put up with nothing). On the other hand, compared with Arab. ḥšm , it would mean the fat ones, inasmuch as this verbal stem (root Arab.
ḥšš , cf. השׁרת, 2Sa 22:12), starting from the primary signification “to be pressed together,” also signifies “to be compressed, become compact,” i. e. , to regain one’s plumpness, to make flesh and fat, applied, according to the usage of the language, to wasted men and animals. The commonly compared Arab. ḥšı̂m , vir magni famulitii , is not at all natural, - a usage which is brought about by the intransitive signification proper to the verb starting from its radical signification, “to become or be angry, to be zealous about any one or anything,” inasmuch as the nomen verbale Arab.
hạšamun signifies in the concrete sense a person, or collectively persons, for whose maintenance, safety, and honour one is keenly solicitous, such as the members of the family, household attendants, servants, neighbours, clients or protègés, guest-friends; also a thing which one ardently seeks, and over the preservation of which one keeps zealous watch (Fleischer). Here there does not appear to be any connecting link whatever in the Arabic which might furnish some hold for the Hebrew; hence it will be more advisable, by comparison of השׁמל and חשׁן, to understand by חשׁמנים, the resplendent, most distinguished ones, perillustres .
The dignitaries of Egypt come to give glory to the God of Israel, and Aethiopia, disheartened by fear before Jahve (cf. Hab 3:7), causes his hands to run to Elohim, i. e. , hastens to stretch them out. Thus it is interpreted by most expositors. But if it is ידיו, why is it not also יריץ? We reply, the Hebrew style, even in connection with words that stand close beside one another, does not seek to avoid either the enallage generis (e.
g. , Job 39:3, Job 39:16), or the enall. numeri (e. g. , Psa 62:5). But “to cause the hands to run” is a far-fetched and easily misunderstood figure. We may avoid it, if, with Böttcher and Olshausen, we disregard the accentuation and interpret thus, “Cush - his hands cause to hasten, i. e. , bring on in haste (1Sa 17:17; 2Ch 35:13), to Elohim,” viz. , propitiating gifts; תּריץ being the predicate to ידיו, according to Ges.
§146, 3.
Psa 68:28-35 The poet now looks forth beyond the domain of Israel, and describes the effects of Jahve’s deed of judgment and deliverance in the Gentile world. The language of Psa 68:29 is addressed to Israel, or rather to its king (Psa 86:16; Psa 110:2): God, to whom everything is subject, has given Israel עז, victory and power over the world. Out of the consciousness that He alone can preserve Israel upon this height of power upon which it is placed, who has placed it thereon, grows the prayer: establish (עוּזּה with וּ for ŭ , as is frequently the case, and with the accent on the ultima on account of the following Aleph , vid.
, on Psa 6:5), Elohim, that which Thou hast wrought for us; עזז, roborare , as in Pro 8:28; Ecc 7:19, lxx δυνάμωσον, Symmachus ἐνίσχυσον. It might also be interpreted: show Thyself powerful (cf. רוּמה, 21:14), Thou who (Isa 42:24) hast wrought for us (פּעל as in Isa 43:13, with ל, like עשׂה ל, Isa 64:3); but in the other way of taking it the prayer attaches itself more sequentially to what precedes, and Psa 62:12 shows that זוּ can also represent the neuter.
Hitzig has a still different rendering: the powerful divine help, which Thou hast given us; but although - instead of -ת in the stat. construct . is Ephraimitish style (vid. , on Psa 45:5), yet עוּזּה for עז is an unknown word, and the expression “from Thy temple,” which is manifestly addressed to Elohim, shows that פּעלתּ is not the language of address to the king (according to Hitzig, to Jehoshaphat).
The language of prayerful address is retained in Psa 68:30. From the words מהיכלך על ירושׁלם there is nothing to be transported to Psa 68:29 (Hupfeld); for Psa 68:30 would thereby become stunted. The words together are the statement of the starting-point of the oblations belonging to יובילוּ: starting from Thy temple, which soars aloft over Jerusalem, may kings bring Thee, who sittest enthroned there in the Holy of holies, tributary gifts (שׁי as in Psa 76:12; Psa 18:7).
In this connection (of prayer) it is the expression of the desire that the Temple may become the zenith or cynosure, and Jerusalem the metropolis, of the world. In this passage, where it introduces the seat of religious worship, the taking of מן as expressing the primary cause, “because or on account of Thy Temple” (Ewald), is not to be entertained. In Psa 68:31 follows a summons, which in this instance is only the form in which the prediction clothes itself.
The “beast of the reed” is not the lion, of which sojourn among the reeds is not a characteristic (although it makes its home inter arundineta Mesopotamiae, Ammianus , Psa 18:7, and in the thickets of the Jordan, Jer 49:19; Jer 50:44; Zec 11:3). The reed is in itself an emblem of Egypt (Isa 36:6, cf. Psa 19:6), and it is therefore either the crocodile, the usual emblem of Pharaoh and of the power of Egypt (Eze 29:3, cf.
Psa 74:13.) that is meant, or even the hippopotamus (Egyptian p - ehe - môut ), which also symbolizes Egypt in Isa 30:6 (which see), and according to Job 40:21 is more appropriately than the crocodile (התנין אשׁר בּיּם, Isa 27:1) called היּת קנה. Egypt appears here as the greatest and most dreaded worldly power. Elohim is to check the haughty ones who exalt themselves over Israel and Israel’s God.
אבּירים, strong ones, are bulls (Psa 22:13) as an emblem of the kings; and עגלי explains itself by the genit. epexeg . עמּים . gexep: together with ( Beth of the accompaniment as in Psa 68:31 , Psa 66:13, and beside the plur. humanus , Jer 41:15) the calves, viz. , the peoples, over whom those bulls rule. With the one emblem of Egypt is combined the idea of defiant self-confidence, and with the other the idea of comfortable security (vid.
, Jer 46:20.) That which is brought prominently forward as the consequence of the menace is moulded in keeping with these emblems. מתרפּס, which has been explained by Flaminius substantially correctly: ut supplex veniat , is intended to be taken as a part. fut . (according to the Arabic grammar, ḥâl muqaddar , lit. , a predisposed condition). It thus comprehensively in the singular (like עבר in Psa 8:9) with one stroke depicts thoroughly humbled pride; for רפס (cf.
רמס) signifies to stamp, pound, or trample, to knock down, and the Hithpa . either to behave as a trampling one, Pro 6:3, or to trample upon one’s self, i. e. , to cast one’s self violently upon the ground. Others explain it as conculcandum se praebere ; but such a meaning cannot be shown to exist in the sphere of the Hebrew Hithpael ; moreover this “suffering one’s self to be trampled upon” does not so well suit the words, which require a more active sense, viz.
, בּרצּי־כסףcep, in which is expressed the idea that the riches which the Gentiles have hitherto employed in the service of God-opposed worldliness, are no offered to the God of Israel by those who both in outward circumstances and in heart are vanquished (cf. Isa 60; 9). רץ־כּסף (from רצץ, confringere ) is a piece of uncoined silver, a bar, wedge, or ingot of silver.
In בּזּר there is a wide leap from the call גּער to the language of description. This rapid change is also to be found in other instances, and more especially in this dithyrambic Psalm we may readily give up any idea of a change in the pointing, as בּזּר or בּזּר (lxx διασκόρπισον); בּזּר, as it stands, cannot be imperative (Hitzig), for the final vowel essential to the imperat.
Piel is wanting. God hath scattered the peoples delighting in war; war is therefore at an end, and the peace of the world is realized. In Psa 68:32, the contemplation of the future again takes a different turn: futures follow as the most natural expression of that which is future. The form יאתיוּ, more usually found in pause, here stands pathetically at the beginning, as in Job 12:6.
השׁמנּים, compared with the Arabic chšm (whence Arab. chaššm , a nose, a word erroneously denied by Gesenius), would signify the supercilious, contemptuous (cf. Arab. âšammun , nasutus , as an appellation of a proud person who will put up with nothing). On the other hand, compared with Arab. ḥšm , it would mean the fat ones, inasmuch as this verbal stem (root Arab.
ḥšš , cf. השׁרת, 2Sa 22:12), starting from the primary signification “to be pressed together,” also signifies “to be compressed, become compact,” i. e. , to regain one’s plumpness, to make flesh and fat, applied, according to the usage of the language, to wasted men and animals. The commonly compared Arab. ḥšı̂m , vir magni famulitii , is not at all natural, - a usage which is brought about by the intransitive signification proper to the verb starting from its radical signification, “to become or be angry, to be zealous about any one or anything,” inasmuch as the nomen verbale Arab.
hạšamun signifies in the concrete sense a person, or collectively persons, for whose maintenance, safety, and honour one is keenly solicitous, such as the members of the family, household attendants, servants, neighbours, clients or protègés, guest-friends; also a thing which one ardently seeks, and over the preservation of which one keeps zealous watch (Fleischer). Here there does not appear to be any connecting link whatever in the Arabic which might furnish some hold for the Hebrew; hence it will be more advisable, by comparison of השׁמל and חשׁן, to understand by חשׁמנים, the resplendent, most distinguished ones, perillustres .
The dignitaries of Egypt come to give glory to the God of Israel, and Aethiopia, disheartened by fear before Jahve (cf. Hab 3:7), causes his hands to run to Elohim, i. e. , hastens to stretch them out. Thus it is interpreted by most expositors. But if it is ידיו, why is it not also יריץ? We reply, the Hebrew style, even in connection with words that stand close beside one another, does not seek to avoid either the enallage generis (e.
g. , Job 39:3, Job 39:16), or the enall. numeri (e. g. , Psa 62:5). But “to cause the hands to run” is a far-fetched and easily misunderstood figure. We may avoid it, if, with Böttcher and Olshausen, we disregard the accentuation and interpret thus, “Cush - his hands cause to hasten, i. e. , bring on in haste (1Sa 17:17; 2Ch 35:13), to Elohim,” viz. , propitiating gifts; תּריץ being the predicate to ידיו, according to Ges.
§146, 3.
Psa 68:28-35 The poet now looks forth beyond the domain of Israel, and describes the effects of Jahve’s deed of judgment and deliverance in the Gentile world. The language of Psa 68:29 is addressed to Israel, or rather to its king (Psa 86:16; Psa 110:2): God, to whom everything is subject, has given Israel עז, victory and power over the world. Out of the consciousness that He alone can preserve Israel upon this height of power upon which it is placed, who has placed it thereon, grows the prayer: establish (עוּזּה with וּ for ŭ , as is frequently the case, and with the accent on the ultima on account of the following Aleph , vid.
, on Psa 6:5), Elohim, that which Thou hast wrought for us; עזז, roborare , as in Pro 8:28; Ecc 7:19, lxx δυνάμωσον, Symmachus ἐνίσχυσον. It might also be interpreted: show Thyself powerful (cf. רוּמה, 21:14), Thou who (Isa 42:24) hast wrought for us (פּעל as in Isa 43:13, with ל, like עשׂה ל, Isa 64:3); but in the other way of taking it the prayer attaches itself more sequentially to what precedes, and Psa 62:12 shows that זוּ can also represent the neuter.
Hitzig has a still different rendering: the powerful divine help, which Thou hast given us; but although - instead of -ת in the stat. construct . is Ephraimitish style (vid. , on Psa 45:5), yet עוּזּה for עז is an unknown word, and the expression “from Thy temple,” which is manifestly addressed to Elohim, shows that פּעלתּ is not the language of address to the king (according to Hitzig, to Jehoshaphat).
The language of prayerful address is retained in Psa 68:30. From the words מהיכלך על ירושׁלם there is nothing to be transported to Psa 68:29 (Hupfeld); for Psa 68:30 would thereby become stunted. The words together are the statement of the starting-point of the oblations belonging to יובילוּ: starting from Thy temple, which soars aloft over Jerusalem, may kings bring Thee, who sittest enthroned there in the Holy of holies, tributary gifts (שׁי as in Psa 76:12; Psa 18:7).
In this connection (of prayer) it is the expression of the desire that the Temple may become the zenith or cynosure, and Jerusalem the metropolis, of the world. In this passage, where it introduces the seat of religious worship, the taking of מן as expressing the primary cause, “because or on account of Thy Temple” (Ewald), is not to be entertained. In Psa 68:31 follows a summons, which in this instance is only the form in which the prediction clothes itself.
The “beast of the reed” is not the lion, of which sojourn among the reeds is not a characteristic (although it makes its home inter arundineta Mesopotamiae, Ammianus , Psa 18:7, and in the thickets of the Jordan, Jer 49:19; Jer 50:44; Zec 11:3). The reed is in itself an emblem of Egypt (Isa 36:6, cf. Psa 19:6), and it is therefore either the crocodile, the usual emblem of Pharaoh and of the power of Egypt (Eze 29:3, cf.
Psa 74:13.) that is meant, or even the hippopotamus (Egyptian p - ehe - môut ), which also symbolizes Egypt in Isa 30:6 (which see), and according to Job 40:21 is more appropriately than the crocodile (התנין אשׁר בּיּם, Isa 27:1) called היּת קנה. Egypt appears here as the greatest and most dreaded worldly power. Elohim is to check the haughty ones who exalt themselves over Israel and Israel’s God.
אבּירים, strong ones, are bulls (Psa 22:13) as an emblem of the kings; and עגלי explains itself by the genit. epexeg . עמּים . gexep: together with ( Beth of the accompaniment as in Psa 68:31 , Psa 66:13, and beside the plur. humanus , Jer 41:15) the calves, viz. , the peoples, over whom those bulls rule. With the one emblem of Egypt is combined the idea of defiant self-confidence, and with the other the idea of comfortable security (vid.
, Jer 46:20.) That which is brought prominently forward as the consequence of the menace is moulded in keeping with these emblems. מתרפּס, which has been explained by Flaminius substantially correctly: ut supplex veniat , is intended to be taken as a part. fut . (according to the Arabic grammar, ḥâl muqaddar , lit. , a predisposed condition). It thus comprehensively in the singular (like עבר in Psa 8:9) with one stroke depicts thoroughly humbled pride; for רפס (cf.
רמס) signifies to stamp, pound, or trample, to knock down, and the Hithpa . either to behave as a trampling one, Pro 6:3, or to trample upon one’s self, i. e. , to cast one’s self violently upon the ground. Others explain it as conculcandum se praebere ; but such a meaning cannot be shown to exist in the sphere of the Hebrew Hithpael ; moreover this “suffering one’s self to be trampled upon” does not so well suit the words, which require a more active sense, viz.
, בּרצּי־כסףcep, in which is expressed the idea that the riches which the Gentiles have hitherto employed in the service of God-opposed worldliness, are no offered to the God of Israel by those who both in outward circumstances and in heart are vanquished (cf. Isa 60; 9). רץ־כּסף (from רצץ, confringere ) is a piece of uncoined silver, a bar, wedge, or ingot of silver.
In בּזּר there is a wide leap from the call גּער to the language of description. This rapid change is also to be found in other instances, and more especially in this dithyrambic Psalm we may readily give up any idea of a change in the pointing, as בּזּר or בּזּר (lxx διασκόρπισον); בּזּר, as it stands, cannot be imperative (Hitzig), for the final vowel essential to the imperat.
Piel is wanting. God hath scattered the peoples delighting in war; war is therefore at an end, and the peace of the world is realized. In Psa 68:32, the contemplation of the future again takes a different turn: futures follow as the most natural expression of that which is future. The form יאתיוּ, more usually found in pause, here stands pathetically at the beginning, as in Job 12:6.
השׁמנּים, compared with the Arabic chšm (whence Arab. chaššm , a nose, a word erroneously denied by Gesenius), would signify the supercilious, contemptuous (cf. Arab. âšammun , nasutus , as an appellation of a proud person who will put up with nothing). On the other hand, compared with Arab. ḥšm , it would mean the fat ones, inasmuch as this verbal stem (root Arab.
ḥšš , cf. השׁרת, 2Sa 22:12), starting from the primary signification “to be pressed together,” also signifies “to be compressed, become compact,” i. e. , to regain one’s plumpness, to make flesh and fat, applied, according to the usage of the language, to wasted men and animals. The commonly compared Arab. ḥšı̂m , vir magni famulitii , is not at all natural, - a usage which is brought about by the intransitive signification proper to the verb starting from its radical signification, “to become or be angry, to be zealous about any one or anything,” inasmuch as the nomen verbale Arab.
hạšamun signifies in the concrete sense a person, or collectively persons, for whose maintenance, safety, and honour one is keenly solicitous, such as the members of the family, household attendants, servants, neighbours, clients or protègés, guest-friends; also a thing which one ardently seeks, and over the preservation of which one keeps zealous watch (Fleischer). Here there does not appear to be any connecting link whatever in the Arabic which might furnish some hold for the Hebrew; hence it will be more advisable, by comparison of השׁמל and חשׁן, to understand by חשׁמנים, the resplendent, most distinguished ones, perillustres .
The dignitaries of Egypt come to give glory to the God of Israel, and Aethiopia, disheartened by fear before Jahve (cf. Hab 3:7), causes his hands to run to Elohim, i. e. , hastens to stretch them out. Thus it is interpreted by most expositors. But if it is ידיו, why is it not also יריץ? We reply, the Hebrew style, even in connection with words that stand close beside one another, does not seek to avoid either the enallage generis (e.
g. , Job 39:3, Job 39:16), or the enall. numeri (e. g. , Psa 62:5). But “to cause the hands to run” is a far-fetched and easily misunderstood figure. We may avoid it, if, with Böttcher and Olshausen, we disregard the accentuation and interpret thus, “Cush - his hands cause to hasten, i. e. , bring on in haste (1Sa 17:17; 2Ch 35:13), to Elohim,” viz. , propitiating gifts; תּריץ being the predicate to ידיו, according to Ges.
§146, 3.
Psa 68:28-35 The poet now looks forth beyond the domain of Israel, and describes the effects of Jahve’s deed of judgment and deliverance in the Gentile world. The language of Psa 68:29 is addressed to Israel, or rather to its king (Psa 86:16; Psa 110:2): God, to whom everything is subject, has given Israel עז, victory and power over the world. Out of the consciousness that He alone can preserve Israel upon this height of power upon which it is placed, who has placed it thereon, grows the prayer: establish (עוּזּה with וּ for ŭ , as is frequently the case, and with the accent on the ultima on account of the following Aleph , vid.
, on Psa 6:5), Elohim, that which Thou hast wrought for us; עזז, roborare , as in Pro 8:28; Ecc 7:19, lxx δυνάμωσον, Symmachus ἐνίσχυσον. It might also be interpreted: show Thyself powerful (cf. רוּמה, 21:14), Thou who (Isa 42:24) hast wrought for us (פּעל as in Isa 43:13, with ל, like עשׂה ל, Isa 64:3); but in the other way of taking it the prayer attaches itself more sequentially to what precedes, and Psa 62:12 shows that זוּ can also represent the neuter.
Hitzig has a still different rendering: the powerful divine help, which Thou hast given us; but although - instead of -ת in the stat. construct . is Ephraimitish style (vid. , on Psa 45:5), yet עוּזּה for עז is an unknown word, and the expression “from Thy temple,” which is manifestly addressed to Elohim, shows that פּעלתּ is not the language of address to the king (according to Hitzig, to Jehoshaphat).
The language of prayerful address is retained in Psa 68:30. From the words מהיכלך על ירושׁלם there is nothing to be transported to Psa 68:29 (Hupfeld); for Psa 68:30 would thereby become stunted. The words together are the statement of the starting-point of the oblations belonging to יובילוּ: starting from Thy temple, which soars aloft over Jerusalem, may kings bring Thee, who sittest enthroned there in the Holy of holies, tributary gifts (שׁי as in Psa 76:12; Psa 18:7).
In this connection (of prayer) it is the expression of the desire that the Temple may become the zenith or cynosure, and Jerusalem the metropolis, of the world. In this passage, where it introduces the seat of religious worship, the taking of מן as expressing the primary cause, “because or on account of Thy Temple” (Ewald), is not to be entertained. In Psa 68:31 follows a summons, which in this instance is only the form in which the prediction clothes itself.
The “beast of the reed” is not the lion, of which sojourn among the reeds is not a characteristic (although it makes its home inter arundineta Mesopotamiae, Ammianus , Psa 18:7, and in the thickets of the Jordan, Jer 49:19; Jer 50:44; Zec 11:3). The reed is in itself an emblem of Egypt (Isa 36:6, cf. Psa 19:6), and it is therefore either the crocodile, the usual emblem of Pharaoh and of the power of Egypt (Eze 29:3, cf.
Psa 74:13.) that is meant, or even the hippopotamus (Egyptian p - ehe - môut ), which also symbolizes Egypt in Isa 30:6 (which see), and according to Job 40:21 is more appropriately than the crocodile (התנין אשׁר בּיּם, Isa 27:1) called היּת קנה. Egypt appears here as the greatest and most dreaded worldly power. Elohim is to check the haughty ones who exalt themselves over Israel and Israel’s God.
אבּירים, strong ones, are bulls (Psa 22:13) as an emblem of the kings; and עגלי explains itself by the genit. epexeg . עמּים . gexep: together with ( Beth of the accompaniment as in Psa 68:31 , Psa 66:13, and beside the plur. humanus , Jer 41:15) the calves, viz. , the peoples, over whom those bulls rule. With the one emblem of Egypt is combined the idea of defiant self-confidence, and with the other the idea of comfortable security (vid.
, Jer 46:20.) That which is brought prominently forward as the consequence of the menace is moulded in keeping with these emblems. מתרפּס, which has been explained by Flaminius substantially correctly: ut supplex veniat , is intended to be taken as a part. fut . (according to the Arabic grammar, ḥâl muqaddar , lit. , a predisposed condition). It thus comprehensively in the singular (like עבר in Psa 8:9) with one stroke depicts thoroughly humbled pride; for רפס (cf.
רמס) signifies to stamp, pound, or trample, to knock down, and the Hithpa . either to behave as a trampling one, Pro 6:3, or to trample upon one’s self, i. e. , to cast one’s self violently upon the ground. Others explain it as conculcandum se praebere ; but such a meaning cannot be shown to exist in the sphere of the Hebrew Hithpael ; moreover this “suffering one’s self to be trampled upon” does not so well suit the words, which require a more active sense, viz.
, בּרצּי־כסףcep, in which is expressed the idea that the riches which the Gentiles have hitherto employed in the service of God-opposed worldliness, are no offered to the God of Israel by those who both in outward circumstances and in heart are vanquished (cf. Isa 60; 9). רץ־כּסף (from רצץ, confringere ) is a piece of uncoined silver, a bar, wedge, or ingot of silver.
In בּזּר there is a wide leap from the call גּער to the language of description. This rapid change is also to be found in other instances, and more especially in this dithyrambic Psalm we may readily give up any idea of a change in the pointing, as בּזּר or בּזּר (lxx διασκόρπισον); בּזּר, as it stands, cannot be imperative (Hitzig), for the final vowel essential to the imperat.
Piel is wanting. God hath scattered the peoples delighting in war; war is therefore at an end, and the peace of the world is realized. In Psa 68:32, the contemplation of the future again takes a different turn: futures follow as the most natural expression of that which is future. The form יאתיוּ, more usually found in pause, here stands pathetically at the beginning, as in Job 12:6.
השׁמנּים, compared with the Arabic chšm (whence Arab. chaššm , a nose, a word erroneously denied by Gesenius), would signify the supercilious, contemptuous (cf. Arab. âšammun , nasutus , as an appellation of a proud person who will put up with nothing). On the other hand, compared with Arab. ḥšm , it would mean the fat ones, inasmuch as this verbal stem (root Arab.
ḥšš , cf. השׁרת, 2Sa 22:12), starting from the primary signification “to be pressed together,” also signifies “to be compressed, become compact,” i. e. , to regain one’s plumpness, to make flesh and fat, applied, according to the usage of the language, to wasted men and animals. The commonly compared Arab. ḥšı̂m , vir magni famulitii , is not at all natural, - a usage which is brought about by the intransitive signification proper to the verb starting from its radical signification, “to become or be angry, to be zealous about any one or anything,” inasmuch as the nomen verbale Arab.
hạšamun signifies in the concrete sense a person, or collectively persons, for whose maintenance, safety, and honour one is keenly solicitous, such as the members of the family, household attendants, servants, neighbours, clients or protègés, guest-friends; also a thing which one ardently seeks, and over the preservation of which one keeps zealous watch (Fleischer). Here there does not appear to be any connecting link whatever in the Arabic which might furnish some hold for the Hebrew; hence it will be more advisable, by comparison of השׁמל and חשׁן, to understand by חשׁמנים, the resplendent, most distinguished ones, perillustres .
The dignitaries of Egypt come to give glory to the God of Israel, and Aethiopia, disheartened by fear before Jahve (cf. Hab 3:7), causes his hands to run to Elohim, i. e. , hastens to stretch them out. Thus it is interpreted by most expositors. But if it is ידיו, why is it not also יריץ? We reply, the Hebrew style, even in connection with words that stand close beside one another, does not seek to avoid either the enallage generis (e.
g. , Job 39:3, Job 39:16), or the enall. numeri (e. g. , Psa 62:5). But “to cause the hands to run” is a far-fetched and easily misunderstood figure. We may avoid it, if, with Böttcher and Olshausen, we disregard the accentuation and interpret thus, “Cush - his hands cause to hasten, i. e. , bring on in haste (1Sa 17:17; 2Ch 35:13), to Elohim,” viz. , propitiating gifts; תּריץ being the predicate to ידיו, according to Ges.
§146, 3.
Psa 68:28-35 The poet now looks forth beyond the domain of Israel, and describes the effects of Jahve’s deed of judgment and deliverance in the Gentile world. The language of Psa 68:29 is addressed to Israel, or rather to its king (Psa 86:16; Psa 110:2): God, to whom everything is subject, has given Israel עז, victory and power over the world. Out of the consciousness that He alone can preserve Israel upon this height of power upon which it is placed, who has placed it thereon, grows the prayer: establish (עוּזּה with וּ for ŭ , as is frequently the case, and with the accent on the ultima on account of the following Aleph , vid.
, on Psa 6:5), Elohim, that which Thou hast wrought for us; עזז, roborare , as in Pro 8:28; Ecc 7:19, lxx δυνάμωσον, Symmachus ἐνίσχυσον. It might also be interpreted: show Thyself powerful (cf. רוּמה, 21:14), Thou who (Isa 42:24) hast wrought for us (פּעל as in Isa 43:13, with ל, like עשׂה ל, Isa 64:3); but in the other way of taking it the prayer attaches itself more sequentially to what precedes, and Psa 62:12 shows that זוּ can also represent the neuter.
Hitzig has a still different rendering: the powerful divine help, which Thou hast given us; but although - instead of -ת in the stat. construct . is Ephraimitish style (vid. , on Psa 45:5), yet עוּזּה for עז is an unknown word, and the expression “from Thy temple,” which is manifestly addressed to Elohim, shows that פּעלתּ is not the language of address to the king (according to Hitzig, to Jehoshaphat).
The language of prayerful address is retained in Psa 68:30. From the words מהיכלך על ירושׁלם there is nothing to be transported to Psa 68:29 (Hupfeld); for Psa 68:30 would thereby become stunted. The words together are the statement of the starting-point of the oblations belonging to יובילוּ: starting from Thy temple, which soars aloft over Jerusalem, may kings bring Thee, who sittest enthroned there in the Holy of holies, tributary gifts (שׁי as in Psa 76:12; Psa 18:7).
In this connection (of prayer) it is the expression of the desire that the Temple may become the zenith or cynosure, and Jerusalem the metropolis, of the world. In this passage, where it introduces the seat of religious worship, the taking of מן as expressing the primary cause, “because or on account of Thy Temple” (Ewald), is not to be entertained. In Psa 68:31 follows a summons, which in this instance is only the form in which the prediction clothes itself.
The “beast of the reed” is not the lion, of which sojourn among the reeds is not a characteristic (although it makes its home inter arundineta Mesopotamiae, Ammianus , Psa 18:7, and in the thickets of the Jordan, Jer 49:19; Jer 50:44; Zec 11:3). The reed is in itself an emblem of Egypt (Isa 36:6, cf. Psa 19:6), and it is therefore either the crocodile, the usual emblem of Pharaoh and of the power of Egypt (Eze 29:3, cf.
Psa 74:13.) that is meant, or even the hippopotamus (Egyptian p - ehe - môut ), which also symbolizes Egypt in Isa 30:6 (which see), and according to Job 40:21 is more appropriately than the crocodile (התנין אשׁר בּיּם, Isa 27:1) called היּת קנה. Egypt appears here as the greatest and most dreaded worldly power. Elohim is to check the haughty ones who exalt themselves over Israel and Israel’s God.
אבּירים, strong ones, are bulls (Psa 22:13) as an emblem of the kings; and עגלי explains itself by the genit. epexeg . עמּים . gexep: together with ( Beth of the accompaniment as in Psa 68:31 , Psa 66:13, and beside the plur. humanus , Jer 41:15) the calves, viz. , the peoples, over whom those bulls rule. With the one emblem of Egypt is combined the idea of defiant self-confidence, and with the other the idea of comfortable security (vid.
, Jer 46:20.) That which is brought prominently forward as the consequence of the menace is moulded in keeping with these emblems. מתרפּס, which has been explained by Flaminius substantially correctly: ut supplex veniat , is intended to be taken as a part. fut . (according to the Arabic grammar, ḥâl muqaddar , lit. , a predisposed condition). It thus comprehensively in the singular (like עבר in Psa 8:9) with one stroke depicts thoroughly humbled pride; for רפס (cf.
רמס) signifies to stamp, pound, or trample, to knock down, and the Hithpa . either to behave as a trampling one, Pro 6:3, or to trample upon one’s self, i. e. , to cast one’s self violently upon the ground. Others explain it as conculcandum se praebere ; but such a meaning cannot be shown to exist in the sphere of the Hebrew Hithpael ; moreover this “suffering one’s self to be trampled upon” does not so well suit the words, which require a more active sense, viz.
, בּרצּי־כסףcep, in which is expressed the idea that the riches which the Gentiles have hitherto employed in the service of God-opposed worldliness, are no offered to the God of Israel by those who both in outward circumstances and in heart are vanquished (cf. Isa 60; 9). רץ־כּסף (from רצץ, confringere ) is a piece of uncoined silver, a bar, wedge, or ingot of silver.
In בּזּר there is a wide leap from the call גּער to the language of description. This rapid change is also to be found in other instances, and more especially in this dithyrambic Psalm we may readily give up any idea of a change in the pointing, as בּזּר or בּזּר (lxx διασκόρπισον); בּזּר, as it stands, cannot be imperative (Hitzig), for the final vowel essential to the imperat.
Piel is wanting. God hath scattered the peoples delighting in war; war is therefore at an end, and the peace of the world is realized. In Psa 68:32, the contemplation of the future again takes a different turn: futures follow as the most natural expression of that which is future. The form יאתיוּ, more usually found in pause, here stands pathetically at the beginning, as in Job 12:6.
השׁמנּים, compared with the Arabic chšm (whence Arab. chaššm , a nose, a word erroneously denied by Gesenius), would signify the supercilious, contemptuous (cf. Arab. âšammun , nasutus , as an appellation of a proud person who will put up with nothing). On the other hand, compared with Arab. ḥšm , it would mean the fat ones, inasmuch as this verbal stem (root Arab.
ḥšš , cf. השׁרת, 2Sa 22:12), starting from the primary signification “to be pressed together,” also signifies “to be compressed, become compact,” i. e. , to regain one’s plumpness, to make flesh and fat, applied, according to the usage of the language, to wasted men and animals. The commonly compared Arab. ḥšı̂m , vir magni famulitii , is not at all natural, - a usage which is brought about by the intransitive signification proper to the verb starting from its radical signification, “to become or be angry, to be zealous about any one or anything,” inasmuch as the nomen verbale Arab.
hạšamun signifies in the concrete sense a person, or collectively persons, for whose maintenance, safety, and honour one is keenly solicitous, such as the members of the family, household attendants, servants, neighbours, clients or protègés, guest-friends; also a thing which one ardently seeks, and over the preservation of which one keeps zealous watch (Fleischer). Here there does not appear to be any connecting link whatever in the Arabic which might furnish some hold for the Hebrew; hence it will be more advisable, by comparison of השׁמל and חשׁן, to understand by חשׁמנים, the resplendent, most distinguished ones, perillustres .
The dignitaries of Egypt come to give glory to the God of Israel, and Aethiopia, disheartened by fear before Jahve (cf. Hab 3:7), causes his hands to run to Elohim, i. e. , hastens to stretch them out. Thus it is interpreted by most expositors. But if it is ידיו, why is it not also יריץ? We reply, the Hebrew style, even in connection with words that stand close beside one another, does not seek to avoid either the enallage generis (e.
g. , Job 39:3, Job 39:16), or the enall. numeri (e. g. , Psa 62:5). But “to cause the hands to run” is a far-fetched and easily misunderstood figure. We may avoid it, if, with Böttcher and Olshausen, we disregard the accentuation and interpret thus, “Cush - his hands cause to hasten, i. e. , bring on in haste (1Sa 17:17; 2Ch 35:13), to Elohim,” viz. , propitiating gifts; תּריץ being the predicate to ידיו, according to Ges.
§146, 3.
Psa 68:28-35 The poet now looks forth beyond the domain of Israel, and describes the effects of Jahve’s deed of judgment and deliverance in the Gentile world. The language of Psa 68:29 is addressed to Israel, or rather to its king (Psa 86:16; Psa 110:2): God, to whom everything is subject, has given Israel עז, victory and power over the world. Out of the consciousness that He alone can preserve Israel upon this height of power upon which it is placed, who has placed it thereon, grows the prayer: establish (עוּזּה with וּ for ŭ , as is frequently the case, and with the accent on the ultima on account of the following Aleph , vid.
, on Psa 6:5), Elohim, that which Thou hast wrought for us; עזז, roborare , as in Pro 8:28; Ecc 7:19, lxx δυνάμωσον, Symmachus ἐνίσχυσον. It might also be interpreted: show Thyself powerful (cf. רוּמה, 21:14), Thou who (Isa 42:24) hast wrought for us (פּעל as in Isa 43:13, with ל, like עשׂה ל, Isa 64:3); but in the other way of taking it the prayer attaches itself more sequentially to what precedes, and Psa 62:12 shows that זוּ can also represent the neuter.
Hitzig has a still different rendering: the powerful divine help, which Thou hast given us; but although - instead of -ת in the stat. construct . is Ephraimitish style (vid. , on Psa 45:5), yet עוּזּה for עז is an unknown word, and the expression “from Thy temple,” which is manifestly addressed to Elohim, shows that פּעלתּ is not the language of address to the king (according to Hitzig, to Jehoshaphat).
The language of prayerful address is retained in Psa 68:30. From the words מהיכלך על ירושׁלם there is nothing to be transported to Psa 68:29 (Hupfeld); for Psa 68:30 would thereby become stunted. The words together are the statement of the starting-point of the oblations belonging to יובילוּ: starting from Thy temple, which soars aloft over Jerusalem, may kings bring Thee, who sittest enthroned there in the Holy of holies, tributary gifts (שׁי as in Psa 76:12; Psa 18:7).
In this connection (of prayer) it is the expression of the desire that the Temple may become the zenith or cynosure, and Jerusalem the metropolis, of the world. In this passage, where it introduces the seat of religious worship, the taking of מן as expressing the primary cause, “because or on account of Thy Temple” (Ewald), is not to be entertained. In Psa 68:31 follows a summons, which in this instance is only the form in which the prediction clothes itself.
The “beast of the reed” is not the lion, of which sojourn among the reeds is not a characteristic (although it makes its home inter arundineta Mesopotamiae, Ammianus , Psa 18:7, and in the thickets of the Jordan, Jer 49:19; Jer 50:44; Zec 11:3). The reed is in itself an emblem of Egypt (Isa 36:6, cf. Psa 19:6), and it is therefore either the crocodile, the usual emblem of Pharaoh and of the power of Egypt (Eze 29:3, cf.
Psa 74:13.) that is meant, or even the hippopotamus (Egyptian p - ehe - môut ), which also symbolizes Egypt in Isa 30:6 (which see), and according to Job 40:21 is more appropriately than the crocodile (התנין אשׁר בּיּם, Isa 27:1) called היּת קנה. Egypt appears here as the greatest and most dreaded worldly power. Elohim is to check the haughty ones who exalt themselves over Israel and Israel’s God.
אבּירים, strong ones, are bulls (Psa 22:13) as an emblem of the kings; and עגלי explains itself by the genit. epexeg . עמּים . gexep: together with ( Beth of the accompaniment as in Psa 68:31 , Psa 66:13, and beside the plur. humanus , Jer 41:15) the calves, viz. , the peoples, over whom those bulls rule. With the one emblem of Egypt is combined the idea of defiant self-confidence, and with the other the idea of comfortable security (vid.
, Jer 46:20.) That which is brought prominently forward as the consequence of the menace is moulded in keeping with these emblems. מתרפּס, which has been explained by Flaminius substantially correctly: ut supplex veniat , is intended to be taken as a part. fut . (according to the Arabic grammar, ḥâl muqaddar , lit. , a predisposed condition). It thus comprehensively in the singular (like עבר in Psa 8:9) with one stroke depicts thoroughly humbled pride; for רפס (cf.
רמס) signifies to stamp, pound, or trample, to knock down, and the Hithpa . either to behave as a trampling one, Pro 6:3, or to trample upon one’s self, i. e. , to cast one’s self violently upon the ground. Others explain it as conculcandum se praebere ; but such a meaning cannot be shown to exist in the sphere of the Hebrew Hithpael ; moreover this “suffering one’s self to be trampled upon” does not so well suit the words, which require a more active sense, viz.
, בּרצּי־כסףcep, in which is expressed the idea that the riches which the Gentiles have hitherto employed in the service of God-opposed worldliness, are no offered to the God of Israel by those who both in outward circumstances and in heart are vanquished (cf. Isa 60; 9). רץ־כּסף (from רצץ, confringere ) is a piece of uncoined silver, a bar, wedge, or ingot of silver.
In בּזּר there is a wide leap from the call גּער to the language of description. This rapid change is also to be found in other instances, and more especially in this dithyrambic Psalm we may readily give up any idea of a change in the pointing, as בּזּר or בּזּר (lxx διασκόρπισον); בּזּר, as it stands, cannot be imperative (Hitzig), for the final vowel essential to the imperat.
Piel is wanting. God hath scattered the peoples delighting in war; war is therefore at an end, and the peace of the world is realized. In Psa 68:32, the contemplation of the future again takes a different turn: futures follow as the most natural expression of that which is future. The form יאתיוּ, more usually found in pause, here stands pathetically at the beginning, as in Job 12:6.
השׁמנּים, compared with the Arabic chšm (whence Arab. chaššm , a nose, a word erroneously denied by Gesenius), would signify the supercilious, contemptuous (cf. Arab. âšammun , nasutus , as an appellation of a proud person who will put up with nothing). On the other hand, compared with Arab. ḥšm , it would mean the fat ones, inasmuch as this verbal stem (root Arab.
ḥšš , cf. השׁרת, 2Sa 22:12), starting from the primary signification “to be pressed together,” also signifies “to be compressed, become compact,” i. e. , to regain one’s plumpness, to make flesh and fat, applied, according to the usage of the language, to wasted men and animals. The commonly compared Arab. ḥšı̂m , vir magni famulitii , is not at all natural, - a usage which is brought about by the intransitive signification proper to the verb starting from its radical signification, “to become or be angry, to be zealous about any one or anything,” inasmuch as the nomen verbale Arab.
hạšamun signifies in the concrete sense a person, or collectively persons, for whose maintenance, safety, and honour one is keenly solicitous, such as the members of the family, household attendants, servants, neighbours, clients or protègés, guest-friends; also a thing which one ardently seeks, and over the preservation of which one keeps zealous watch (Fleischer). Here there does not appear to be any connecting link whatever in the Arabic which might furnish some hold for the Hebrew; hence it will be more advisable, by comparison of השׁמל and חשׁן, to understand by חשׁמנים, the resplendent, most distinguished ones, perillustres .
The dignitaries of Egypt come to give glory to the God of Israel, and Aethiopia, disheartened by fear before Jahve (cf. Hab 3:7), causes his hands to run to Elohim, i. e. , hastens to stretch them out. Thus it is interpreted by most expositors. But if it is ידיו, why is it not also יריץ? We reply, the Hebrew style, even in connection with words that stand close beside one another, does not seek to avoid either the enallage generis (e.
g. , Job 39:3, Job 39:16), or the enall. numeri (e. g. , Psa 62:5). But “to cause the hands to run” is a far-fetched and easily misunderstood figure. We may avoid it, if, with Böttcher and Olshausen, we disregard the accentuation and interpret thus, “Cush - his hands cause to hasten, i. e. , bring on in haste (1Sa 17:17; 2Ch 35:13), to Elohim,” viz. , propitiating gifts; תּריץ being the predicate to ידיו, according to Ges.
§146, 3.
Psa 68:28-35 The poet now looks forth beyond the domain of Israel, and describes the effects of Jahve’s deed of judgment and deliverance in the Gentile world. The language of Psa 68:29 is addressed to Israel, or rather to its king (Psa 86:16; Psa 110:2): God, to whom everything is subject, has given Israel עז, victory and power over the world. Out of the consciousness that He alone can preserve Israel upon this height of power upon which it is placed, who has placed it thereon, grows the prayer: establish (עוּזּה with וּ for ŭ , as is frequently the case, and with the accent on the ultima on account of the following Aleph , vid.
, on Psa 6:5), Elohim, that which Thou hast wrought for us; עזז, roborare , as in Pro 8:28; Ecc 7:19, lxx δυνάμωσον, Symmachus ἐνίσχυσον. It might also be interpreted: show Thyself powerful (cf. רוּמה, 21:14), Thou who (Isa 42:24) hast wrought for us (פּעל as in Isa 43:13, with ל, like עשׂה ל, Isa 64:3); but in the other way of taking it the prayer attaches itself more sequentially to what precedes, and Psa 62:12 shows that זוּ can also represent the neuter.
Hitzig has a still different rendering: the powerful divine help, which Thou hast given us; but although - instead of -ת in the stat. construct . is Ephraimitish style (vid. , on Psa 45:5), yet עוּזּה for עז is an unknown word, and the expression “from Thy temple,” which is manifestly addressed to Elohim, shows that פּעלתּ is not the language of address to the king (according to Hitzig, to Jehoshaphat).
The language of prayerful address is retained in Psa 68:30. From the words מהיכלך על ירושׁלם there is nothing to be transported to Psa 68:29 (Hupfeld); for Psa 68:30 would thereby become stunted. The words together are the statement of the starting-point of the oblations belonging to יובילוּ: starting from Thy temple, which soars aloft over Jerusalem, may kings bring Thee, who sittest enthroned there in the Holy of holies, tributary gifts (שׁי as in Psa 76:12; Psa 18:7).
In this connection (of prayer) it is the expression of the desire that the Temple may become the zenith or cynosure, and Jerusalem the metropolis, of the world. In this passage, where it introduces the seat of religious worship, the taking of מן as expressing the primary cause, “because or on account of Thy Temple” (Ewald), is not to be entertained. In Psa 68:31 follows a summons, which in this instance is only the form in which the prediction clothes itself.
The “beast of the reed” is not the lion, of which sojourn among the reeds is not a characteristic (although it makes its home inter arundineta Mesopotamiae, Ammianus , Psa 18:7, and in the thickets of the Jordan, Jer 49:19; Jer 50:44; Zec 11:3). The reed is in itself an emblem of Egypt (Isa 36:6, cf. Psa 19:6), and it is therefore either the crocodile, the usual emblem of Pharaoh and of the power of Egypt (Eze 29:3, cf.
Psa 74:13.) that is meant, or even the hippopotamus (Egyptian p - ehe - môut ), which also symbolizes Egypt in Isa 30:6 (which see), and according to Job 40:21 is more appropriately than the crocodile (התנין אשׁר בּיּם, Isa 27:1) called היּת קנה. Egypt appears here as the greatest and most dreaded worldly power. Elohim is to check the haughty ones who exalt themselves over Israel and Israel’s God.
אבּירים, strong ones, are bulls (Psa 22:13) as an emblem of the kings; and עגלי explains itself by the genit. epexeg . עמּים . gexep: together with ( Beth of the accompaniment as in Psa 68:31 , Psa 66:13, and beside the plur. humanus , Jer 41:15) the calves, viz. , the peoples, over whom those bulls rule. With the one emblem of Egypt is combined the idea of defiant self-confidence, and with the other the idea of comfortable security (vid.
, Jer 46:20.) That which is brought prominently forward as the consequence of the menace is moulded in keeping with these emblems. מתרפּס, which has been explained by Flaminius substantially correctly: ut supplex veniat , is intended to be taken as a part. fut . (according to the Arabic grammar, ḥâl muqaddar , lit. , a predisposed condition). It thus comprehensively in the singular (like עבר in Psa 8:9) with one stroke depicts thoroughly humbled pride; for רפס (cf.
רמס) signifies to stamp, pound, or trample, to knock down, and the Hithpa . either to behave as a trampling one, Pro 6:3, or to trample upon one’s self, i. e. , to cast one’s self violently upon the ground. Others explain it as conculcandum se praebere ; but such a meaning cannot be shown to exist in the sphere of the Hebrew Hithpael ; moreover this “suffering one’s self to be trampled upon” does not so well suit the words, which require a more active sense, viz.
, בּרצּי־כסףcep, in which is expressed the idea that the riches which the Gentiles have hitherto employed in the service of God-opposed worldliness, are no offered to the God of Israel by those who both in outward circumstances and in heart are vanquished (cf. Isa 60; 9). רץ־כּסף (from רצץ, confringere ) is a piece of uncoined silver, a bar, wedge, or ingot of silver.
In בּזּר there is a wide leap from the call גּער to the language of description. This rapid change is also to be found in other instances, and more especially in this dithyrambic Psalm we may readily give up any idea of a change in the pointing, as בּזּר or בּזּר (lxx διασκόρπισον); בּזּר, as it stands, cannot be imperative (Hitzig), for the final vowel essential to the imperat.
Piel is wanting. God hath scattered the peoples delighting in war; war is therefore at an end, and the peace of the world is realized. In Psa 68:32, the contemplation of the future again takes a different turn: futures follow as the most natural expression of that which is future. The form יאתיוּ, more usually found in pause, here stands pathetically at the beginning, as in Job 12:6.
השׁמנּים, compared with the Arabic chšm (whence Arab. chaššm , a nose, a word erroneously denied by Gesenius), would signify the supercilious, contemptuous (cf. Arab. âšammun , nasutus , as an appellation of a proud person who will put up with nothing). On the other hand, compared with Arab. ḥšm , it would mean the fat ones, inasmuch as this verbal stem (root Arab.
ḥšš , cf. השׁרת, 2Sa 22:12), starting from the primary signification “to be pressed together,” also signifies “to be compressed, become compact,” i. e. , to regain one’s plumpness, to make flesh and fat, applied, according to the usage of the language, to wasted men and animals. The commonly compared Arab. ḥšı̂m , vir magni famulitii , is not at all natural, - a usage which is brought about by the intransitive signification proper to the verb starting from its radical signification, “to become or be angry, to be zealous about any one or anything,” inasmuch as the nomen verbale Arab.
hạšamun signifies in the concrete sense a person, or collectively persons, for whose maintenance, safety, and honour one is keenly solicitous, such as the members of the family, household attendants, servants, neighbours, clients or protègés, guest-friends; also a thing which one ardently seeks, and over the preservation of which one keeps zealous watch (Fleischer). Here there does not appear to be any connecting link whatever in the Arabic which might furnish some hold for the Hebrew; hence it will be more advisable, by comparison of השׁמל and חשׁן, to understand by חשׁמנים, the resplendent, most distinguished ones, perillustres .
The dignitaries of Egypt come to give glory to the God of Israel, and Aethiopia, disheartened by fear before Jahve (cf. Hab 3:7), causes his hands to run to Elohim, i. e. , hastens to stretch them out. Thus it is interpreted by most expositors. But if it is ידיו, why is it not also יריץ? We reply, the Hebrew style, even in connection with words that stand close beside one another, does not seek to avoid either the enallage generis (e.
g. , Job 39:3, Job 39:16), or the enall. numeri (e. g. , Psa 62:5). But “to cause the hands to run” is a far-fetched and easily misunderstood figure. We may avoid it, if, with Böttcher and Olshausen, we disregard the accentuation and interpret thus, “Cush - his hands cause to hasten, i. e. , bring on in haste (1Sa 17:17; 2Ch 35:13), to Elohim,” viz. , propitiating gifts; תּריץ being the predicate to ידיו, according to Ges.
§146, 3.
Psa 69:1-13 Out of deep distress, the work of his foes, the complaining one cries for help; he thinks upon his sins, which is sufferings bring to his remembrance, but he is also distinctly conscious that he is an object of scorn and hostility for God’s sake, and from His mercy he looks for help in accordance with His promises. The waters are said to rush in unto the soul (עד־נפשׁ), when they so press upon the imperilled one that the soul, i.
e. , the life of the body, more especially the breath, is threatened; cf. Jon 2:6; Jer 4:10. Waters are also a figure of calamities that come on like a flood and drag one into their vortex, Psa 18:17; Psa 32:6; Psa 124:5, cf. Psa 66:12; Psa 88:8, Psa 88:18; here, however, the figure is cut off in such a way that it conveys the impression of reality expressed in a poetical form, as in Ps 40, and much the same as in Jonah’s psalm.
The soft, yielding morass is called יון, and the eddying deep מצוּלה. The Nomen Hophal . מעמד signifies properly a being placed, then a standing-place, or firm standing (lxx ὑπόστασις), like מטּה, that which is stretched out, extension, Isa 8:8. שׁבּלת (Ephraimitish סבּלת) is a streaming, a flood, from שׁבל, Arab. sbl , to stream, flow (cf. note on Psa 58:9 ).
בּוא בּ, to fall into, as in Psa 66:12, and שׁטף with an accusative, to overflow, as in Psa 124:4. The complaining one is nearly drowned in consequence of his sinking down, for he has long cried in vain for help: he is wearied by continual crying (יגע בּ, as in Psa 6:7, Jer 45:3), his throat is parched (נחר from חרר; lxx and Jerome: it is become hoarse), his eyes have failed (Jer 14:6) him, who waits upon his God.
The participle מיחל, equal to a relative clause, is, as in 18:51, 1Ki 14:6, attached to the suffix of the preceding noun (Hitzig). Distinct from this use of the participle without the article is the adverbially qualifying participle in Gen 3:8; Sol 5:2, cf. חי, 2Sa 12:21; 2Sa 18:14. There is no necessity for the correction of the text מיּחל (lxx apo' τοῦ elpi'zein me).
Concerning the accentuation of רבּוּ vid. , on Psa 38:20. Apart from the words “more than the hairs of my head” (Psa 40:13), the complaint of the multitude of groundless enemies is just the same as in Psa 38:20; Psa 35:19, cf. Psa 109:3, both in substance and expression. Instead of מצמיתי, my destroyers, the Syriac version has the reading מעצמותי (more numerous than my bones), which is approved by Hupfeld; but to reckon the multitude of the enemy by the number of one’s own bones is both devoid of taste and unheard of.
Moreover the reading of our text finds support, if it need any, in Lam 3:52. The words, “what I have not taken away, I must then restore,” are intended by way of example, and perhaps, as also in Jer 15:10, as a proverbial expression: that which I have not done wrong, I must suffer for (cf. Jer 15:10, and the similar complaint in Psa 35:11). One is tempted to take אז in the sense of “nevertheless” (Ewald), a meaning, however, which it is by no means intended to convey.
In this passage it takes the place of זאת (cf. οὕτως for ταῦτα, Mat 7:12), inasmuch as it gives prominence to the restitution desired, as an inference from a false assumption: then, although I took it not away, stole it not. The transition from the bewailing of suffering to a confession of sin is like Psa 40:13. In the undeserved persecution which he endures at the hand of man, he is obliged nevertheless to recognise well-merited chastisement from the side of God.
And whilst by אתּה ידעתּ (cf. Psa 40:10, Jer 15:15; Jer 17:16; Jer 18:23, and on ל as an exponent of the object, Jer 16:16; Jer 40:2) he does not acknowledge himself to be a sinner after the standard of his own shortsightedness, but of the divine omniscience, he at the same time commends his sinful need, which with self-accusing modesty he calls אוּלת (Psa 38:6) and אשׁמות (2Ch 28:10), to the mercy of the omniscient One.
Should he, the sinner, be abandoned by God to destruction, then all those who are faithful in their intentions towards the Lord would be brought to shame and confusion in him, inasmuch as they would be taunted with this example. קויך designates the godly from the side of the πίστις, and מבקשׁיךa from the side of the ἀγάπη. The multiplied names of God are so many appeals to God’s honour, to the truthfulness of His covenant relationship.
The person praying here is, it is true, a sinner, but that is no justification of the conduct of men towards him; he is suffering for the Lord’s sake, and it is the Lord Himself who is reviled in him. It is upon this he bases his prayer in Psa 69:8. עליך, for thy sake, as in Psa 44:23; Jer 15:15. The reproach that he has to bear, and ignominy that has covered his face and made it quite unrecognisable (Psa 44:16, cf.
Psa 83:17), have totally estranged (Psa 38:12, cf. Psa 88:9, Job 19:13-15; Jer 12:6) from him even his own brethren (אחי, parallel word בּני אמּי, as in Psa 50:20; cf. on the other hand, Gen 49:8, where the interchange designedly takes another form of expression); for the glow of his zeal (קנאהּ from קנא, according to the Arabic, to be a deep or bright red) for the house of Jahve, viz.
, for the sanctity of the sanctuary and of the congregation gathered about it (which is never directly called “the house of Jahve” in the Old Testament, vid. , Köhler on Zec 9:8, but here, as in Num 12:7; Hos 8:1, is so called in conjunction with the sanctuary), as also for the honour of His who sits enthroned therein, consumes him, like a fire burning in his bones which incessantly breaks forth and rages all through him (Jer 20:9; Jer 23:9), and therefore all the malice of those who are estranged from God is concentrated upon and against him.
He now goes on to describe how sorrow for the sad condition of the house of God has brought noting but reproach to him (cf. Psa 109:24.) It is doubtful whether נפשׁי is an alternating subject to ואבכּה ( fut. consec . without being apocopated), cf. Jer 13:17, or a more minutely defining accusative as in Isa 26:9 (vid. , on Psa 3:5), or whether, together with בּצּום, it forms a circumstantial clause ( et flevi dum in jejunio esset anima mea ), or even whether it is intended to be taken as an accusative of the object in a pregnant construction (= בּכה ושׁפך נפשׁו, Psa 42:5; 1Sa 1:15): I wept away my soul in fasting.
Among all these possible renderings, the last is the least probable, and the first, according to Psa 44:3; 83:19, by far the most probable, and also that which is assumed by the accentuation. The reading of the lxx ואענּה, καὶ συνέκαψα (Olshausen, Hupfeld, and Böttcher), is a very natural (Psa 35:13) exchange of the poetically bold expression for one less choice and less expressive (since ענּה נפשׁ is a phrase of the Pentateuch equivalent to צוּם).
The garb of mourning, like the fasting, is an expression of sorrow for public distresses, not, as in Psa 35:13, of personal condolence; concerning ואתּנה, vid. , on Psa 3:6. On account of this mourning, reproach after reproach comes upon him, and they fling gibes and raillery at him; everywhere, both in the gate, the place where the judges sit and where business is transacted, and also at carousals, he is jeered at and traduced (Lam 3:14, cf.
Lam 5:14; Job 30:9). שׂיח בּ signifies in itself fabulari de... without any bad secondary meaning (cf. Pro 6:22, confabulabitur tecum ); here it is construed first with a personal and then a neuter subject (cf. Amo 8:3), for in Psa 69:13 neither הייתי (Job 30:9; Lam 3:14) nor אני (Lam 3:63) is to be supplied. Psa 69:14 tells us how he acts in the face of such hatred and scorn; ואני, as in Psa 109:4, sarcasmis hostium suam opponit in precibus constantiam (Geier).
As for himself, his prayer is directed towards Jahve at the present time, when his affliction as a witness for God gives him the assurance that He will be well-pleased to accept it (עת רצון = בעת רצון, Isa 49:8). It is addressed to Him who is at the same time Jahve and Elohim , - the revealed One in connection with the history of redemption, and the absolute One in His exaltation above the world, - on the ground of the greatness and fulness of His mercy: may He then answer him with or in the truth of His salvation, i.
e. , the infallibility with which His purpose of mercy verifies itself in accordance with the promises given. Thus is Psa 69:14 to be explained in accordance with the accentuation. According to Isa 49:8, it looks as though עת רצון must be drawn to ענני (Hitzig), but Psa 32:6 sets us right on this point; and the fact that ברב־חסדך is joined to Psa 69:14 also finds support from Psa 5:8.
But the repetition of the divine name perplexes one, and it may be asked whether or not the accent that divides the verse into its two parts might not more properly stand beside רצון, as in Psa 32:6 beside מצא; so that Psa 69:14 runs: Elohim, by virtue of the greatness of Thy mercy hear me, by virtue of the truth of Thy salvation.
Psa 69:1-13 Out of deep distress, the work of his foes, the complaining one cries for help; he thinks upon his sins, which is sufferings bring to his remembrance, but he is also distinctly conscious that he is an object of scorn and hostility for God’s sake, and from His mercy he looks for help in accordance with His promises. The waters are said to rush in unto the soul (עד־נפשׁ), when they so press upon the imperilled one that the soul, i.
e. , the life of the body, more especially the breath, is threatened; cf. Jon 2:6; Jer 4:10. Waters are also a figure of calamities that come on like a flood and drag one into their vortex, Psa 18:17; Psa 32:6; Psa 124:5, cf. Psa 66:12; Psa 88:8, Psa 88:18; here, however, the figure is cut off in such a way that it conveys the impression of reality expressed in a poetical form, as in Ps 40, and much the same as in Jonah’s psalm.
The soft, yielding morass is called יון, and the eddying deep מצוּלה. The Nomen Hophal . מעמד signifies properly a being placed, then a standing-place, or firm standing (lxx ὑπόστασις), like מטּה, that which is stretched out, extension, Isa 8:8. שׁבּלת (Ephraimitish סבּלת) is a streaming, a flood, from שׁבל, Arab. sbl , to stream, flow (cf. note on Psa 58:9 ).
בּוא בּ, to fall into, as in Psa 66:12, and שׁטף with an accusative, to overflow, as in Psa 124:4. The complaining one is nearly drowned in consequence of his sinking down, for he has long cried in vain for help: he is wearied by continual crying (יגע בּ, as in Psa 6:7, Jer 45:3), his throat is parched (נחר from חרר; lxx and Jerome: it is become hoarse), his eyes have failed (Jer 14:6) him, who waits upon his God.
The participle מיחל, equal to a relative clause, is, as in 18:51, 1Ki 14:6, attached to the suffix of the preceding noun (Hitzig). Distinct from this use of the participle without the article is the adverbially qualifying participle in Gen 3:8; Sol 5:2, cf. חי, 2Sa 12:21; 2Sa 18:14. There is no necessity for the correction of the text מיּחל (lxx apo' τοῦ elpi'zein me).
Concerning the accentuation of רבּוּ vid. , on Psa 38:20. Apart from the words “more than the hairs of my head” (Psa 40:13), the complaint of the multitude of groundless enemies is just the same as in Psa 38:20; Psa 35:19, cf. Psa 109:3, both in substance and expression. Instead of מצמיתי, my destroyers, the Syriac version has the reading מעצמותי (more numerous than my bones), which is approved by Hupfeld; but to reckon the multitude of the enemy by the number of one’s own bones is both devoid of taste and unheard of.
Moreover the reading of our text finds support, if it need any, in Lam 3:52. The words, “what I have not taken away, I must then restore,” are intended by way of example, and perhaps, as also in Jer 15:10, as a proverbial expression: that which I have not done wrong, I must suffer for (cf. Jer 15:10, and the similar complaint in Psa 35:11). One is tempted to take אז in the sense of “nevertheless” (Ewald), a meaning, however, which it is by no means intended to convey.
In this passage it takes the place of זאת (cf. οὕτως for ταῦτα, Mat 7:12), inasmuch as it gives prominence to the restitution desired, as an inference from a false assumption: then, although I took it not away, stole it not. The transition from the bewailing of suffering to a confession of sin is like Psa 40:13. In the undeserved persecution which he endures at the hand of man, he is obliged nevertheless to recognise well-merited chastisement from the side of God.
And whilst by אתּה ידעתּ (cf. Psa 40:10, Jer 15:15; Jer 17:16; Jer 18:23, and on ל as an exponent of the object, Jer 16:16; Jer 40:2) he does not acknowledge himself to be a sinner after the standard of his own shortsightedness, but of the divine omniscience, he at the same time commends his sinful need, which with self-accusing modesty he calls אוּלת (Psa 38:6) and אשׁמות (2Ch 28:10), to the mercy of the omniscient One.
Should he, the sinner, be abandoned by God to destruction, then all those who are faithful in their intentions towards the Lord would be brought to shame and confusion in him, inasmuch as they would be taunted with this example. קויך designates the godly from the side of the πίστις, and מבקשׁיךa from the side of the ἀγάπη. The multiplied names of God are so many appeals to God’s honour, to the truthfulness of His covenant relationship.
The person praying here is, it is true, a sinner, but that is no justification of the conduct of men towards him; he is suffering for the Lord’s sake, and it is the Lord Himself who is reviled in him. It is upon this he bases his prayer in Psa 69:8. עליך, for thy sake, as in Psa 44:23; Jer 15:15. The reproach that he has to bear, and ignominy that has covered his face and made it quite unrecognisable (Psa 44:16, cf.
Psa 83:17), have totally estranged (Psa 38:12, cf. Psa 88:9, Job 19:13-15; Jer 12:6) from him even his own brethren (אחי, parallel word בּני אמּי, as in Psa 50:20; cf. on the other hand, Gen 49:8, where the interchange designedly takes another form of expression); for the glow of his zeal (קנאהּ from קנא, according to the Arabic, to be a deep or bright red) for the house of Jahve, viz.
, for the sanctity of the sanctuary and of the congregation gathered about it (which is never directly called “the house of Jahve” in the Old Testament, vid. , Köhler on Zec 9:8, but here, as in Num 12:7; Hos 8:1, is so called in conjunction with the sanctuary), as also for the honour of His who sits enthroned therein, consumes him, like a fire burning in his bones which incessantly breaks forth and rages all through him (Jer 20:9; Jer 23:9), and therefore all the malice of those who are estranged from God is concentrated upon and against him.
He now goes on to describe how sorrow for the sad condition of the house of God has brought noting but reproach to him (cf. Psa 109:24.) It is doubtful whether נפשׁי is an alternating subject to ואבכּה ( fut. consec . without being apocopated), cf. Jer 13:17, or a more minutely defining accusative as in Isa 26:9 (vid. , on Psa 3:5), or whether, together with בּצּום, it forms a circumstantial clause ( et flevi dum in jejunio esset anima mea ), or even whether it is intended to be taken as an accusative of the object in a pregnant construction (= בּכה ושׁפך נפשׁו, Psa 42:5; 1Sa 1:15): I wept away my soul in fasting.
Among all these possible renderings, the last is the least probable, and the first, according to Psa 44:3; 83:19, by far the most probable, and also that which is assumed by the accentuation. The reading of the lxx ואענּה, καὶ συνέκαψα (Olshausen, Hupfeld, and Böttcher), is a very natural (Psa 35:13) exchange of the poetically bold expression for one less choice and less expressive (since ענּה נפשׁ is a phrase of the Pentateuch equivalent to צוּם).
The garb of mourning, like the fasting, is an expression of sorrow for public distresses, not, as in Psa 35:13, of personal condolence; concerning ואתּנה, vid. , on Psa 3:6. On account of this mourning, reproach after reproach comes upon him, and they fling gibes and raillery at him; everywhere, both in the gate, the place where the judges sit and where business is transacted, and also at carousals, he is jeered at and traduced (Lam 3:14, cf.
Lam 5:14; Job 30:9). שׂיח בּ signifies in itself fabulari de... without any bad secondary meaning (cf. Pro 6:22, confabulabitur tecum ); here it is construed first with a personal and then a neuter subject (cf. Amo 8:3), for in Psa 69:13 neither הייתי (Job 30:9; Lam 3:14) nor אני (Lam 3:63) is to be supplied. Psa 69:14 tells us how he acts in the face of such hatred and scorn; ואני, as in Psa 109:4, sarcasmis hostium suam opponit in precibus constantiam (Geier).
As for himself, his prayer is directed towards Jahve at the present time, when his affliction as a witness for God gives him the assurance that He will be well-pleased to accept it (עת רצון = בעת רצון, Isa 49:8). It is addressed to Him who is at the same time Jahve and Elohim , - the revealed One in connection with the history of redemption, and the absolute One in His exaltation above the world, - on the ground of the greatness and fulness of His mercy: may He then answer him with or in the truth of His salvation, i.
e. , the infallibility with which His purpose of mercy verifies itself in accordance with the promises given. Thus is Psa 69:14 to be explained in accordance with the accentuation. According to Isa 49:8, it looks as though עת רצון must be drawn to ענני (Hitzig), but Psa 32:6 sets us right on this point; and the fact that ברב־חסדך is joined to Psa 69:14 also finds support from Psa 5:8.
But the repetition of the divine name perplexes one, and it may be asked whether or not the accent that divides the verse into its two parts might not more properly stand beside רצון, as in Psa 32:6 beside מצא; so that Psa 69:14 runs: Elohim, by virtue of the greatness of Thy mercy hear me, by virtue of the truth of Thy salvation.
Psa 69:1-13 Out of deep distress, the work of his foes, the complaining one cries for help; he thinks upon his sins, which is sufferings bring to his remembrance, but he is also distinctly conscious that he is an object of scorn and hostility for God’s sake, and from His mercy he looks for help in accordance with His promises. The waters are said to rush in unto the soul (עד־נפשׁ), when they so press upon the imperilled one that the soul, i.
e. , the life of the body, more especially the breath, is threatened; cf. Jon 2:6; Jer 4:10. Waters are also a figure of calamities that come on like a flood and drag one into their vortex, Psa 18:17; Psa 32:6; Psa 124:5, cf. Psa 66:12; Psa 88:8, Psa 88:18; here, however, the figure is cut off in such a way that it conveys the impression of reality expressed in a poetical form, as in Ps 40, and much the same as in Jonah’s psalm.
The soft, yielding morass is called יון, and the eddying deep מצוּלה. The Nomen Hophal . מעמד signifies properly a being placed, then a standing-place, or firm standing (lxx ὑπόστασις), like מטּה, that which is stretched out, extension, Isa 8:8. שׁבּלת (Ephraimitish סבּלת) is a streaming, a flood, from שׁבל, Arab. sbl , to stream, flow (cf. note on Psa 58:9 ).
בּוא בּ, to fall into, as in Psa 66:12, and שׁטף with an accusative, to overflow, as in Psa 124:4. The complaining one is nearly drowned in consequence of his sinking down, for he has long cried in vain for help: he is wearied by continual crying (יגע בּ, as in Psa 6:7, Jer 45:3), his throat is parched (נחר from חרר; lxx and Jerome: it is become hoarse), his eyes have failed (Jer 14:6) him, who waits upon his God.
The participle מיחל, equal to a relative clause, is, as in 18:51, 1Ki 14:6, attached to the suffix of the preceding noun (Hitzig). Distinct from this use of the participle without the article is the adverbially qualifying participle in Gen 3:8; Sol 5:2, cf. חי, 2Sa 12:21; 2Sa 18:14. There is no necessity for the correction of the text מיּחל (lxx apo' τοῦ elpi'zein me).
Concerning the accentuation of רבּוּ vid. , on Psa 38:20. Apart from the words “more than the hairs of my head” (Psa 40:13), the complaint of the multitude of groundless enemies is just the same as in Psa 38:20; Psa 35:19, cf. Psa 109:3, both in substance and expression. Instead of מצמיתי, my destroyers, the Syriac version has the reading מעצמותי (more numerous than my bones), which is approved by Hupfeld; but to reckon the multitude of the enemy by the number of one’s own bones is both devoid of taste and unheard of.
Moreover the reading of our text finds support, if it need any, in Lam 3:52. The words, “what I have not taken away, I must then restore,” are intended by way of example, and perhaps, as also in Jer 15:10, as a proverbial expression: that which I have not done wrong, I must suffer for (cf. Jer 15:10, and the similar complaint in Psa 35:11). One is tempted to take אז in the sense of “nevertheless” (Ewald), a meaning, however, which it is by no means intended to convey.
In this passage it takes the place of זאת (cf. οὕτως for ταῦτα, Mat 7:12), inasmuch as it gives prominence to the restitution desired, as an inference from a false assumption: then, although I took it not away, stole it not. The transition from the bewailing of suffering to a confession of sin is like Psa 40:13. In the undeserved persecution which he endures at the hand of man, he is obliged nevertheless to recognise well-merited chastisement from the side of God.
And whilst by אתּה ידעתּ (cf. Psa 40:10, Jer 15:15; Jer 17:16; Jer 18:23, and on ל as an exponent of the object, Jer 16:16; Jer 40:2) he does not acknowledge himself to be a sinner after the standard of his own shortsightedness, but of the divine omniscience, he at the same time commends his sinful need, which with self-accusing modesty he calls אוּלת (Psa 38:6) and אשׁמות (2Ch 28:10), to the mercy of the omniscient One.
Should he, the sinner, be abandoned by God to destruction, then all those who are faithful in their intentions towards the Lord would be brought to shame and confusion in him, inasmuch as they would be taunted with this example. קויך designates the godly from the side of the πίστις, and מבקשׁיךa from the side of the ἀγάπη. The multiplied names of God are so many appeals to God’s honour, to the truthfulness of His covenant relationship.
The person praying here is, it is true, a sinner, but that is no justification of the conduct of men towards him; he is suffering for the Lord’s sake, and it is the Lord Himself who is reviled in him. It is upon this he bases his prayer in Psa 69:8. עליך, for thy sake, as in Psa 44:23; Jer 15:15. The reproach that he has to bear, and ignominy that has covered his face and made it quite unrecognisable (Psa 44:16, cf.
Psa 83:17), have totally estranged (Psa 38:12, cf. Psa 88:9, Job 19:13-15; Jer 12:6) from him even his own brethren (אחי, parallel word בּני אמּי, as in Psa 50:20; cf. on the other hand, Gen 49:8, where the interchange designedly takes another form of expression); for the glow of his zeal (קנאהּ from קנא, according to the Arabic, to be a deep or bright red) for the house of Jahve, viz.
, for the sanctity of the sanctuary and of the congregation gathered about it (which is never directly called “the house of Jahve” in the Old Testament, vid. , Köhler on Zec 9:8, but here, as in Num 12:7; Hos 8:1, is so called in conjunction with the sanctuary), as also for the honour of His who sits enthroned therein, consumes him, like a fire burning in his bones which incessantly breaks forth and rages all through him (Jer 20:9; Jer 23:9), and therefore all the malice of those who are estranged from God is concentrated upon and against him.
He now goes on to describe how sorrow for the sad condition of the house of God has brought noting but reproach to him (cf. Psa 109:24.) It is doubtful whether נפשׁי is an alternating subject to ואבכּה ( fut. consec . without being apocopated), cf. Jer 13:17, or a more minutely defining accusative as in Isa 26:9 (vid. , on Psa 3:5), or whether, together with בּצּום, it forms a circumstantial clause ( et flevi dum in jejunio esset anima mea ), or even whether it is intended to be taken as an accusative of the object in a pregnant construction (= בּכה ושׁפך נפשׁו, Psa 42:5; 1Sa 1:15): I wept away my soul in fasting.
Among all these possible renderings, the last is the least probable, and the first, according to Psa 44:3; 83:19, by far the most probable, and also that which is assumed by the accentuation. The reading of the lxx ואענּה, καὶ συνέκαψα (Olshausen, Hupfeld, and Böttcher), is a very natural (Psa 35:13) exchange of the poetically bold expression for one less choice and less expressive (since ענּה נפשׁ is a phrase of the Pentateuch equivalent to צוּם).
The garb of mourning, like the fasting, is an expression of sorrow for public distresses, not, as in Psa 35:13, of personal condolence; concerning ואתּנה, vid. , on Psa 3:6. On account of this mourning, reproach after reproach comes upon him, and they fling gibes and raillery at him; everywhere, both in the gate, the place where the judges sit and where business is transacted, and also at carousals, he is jeered at and traduced (Lam 3:14, cf.
Lam 5:14; Job 30:9). שׂיח בּ signifies in itself fabulari de... without any bad secondary meaning (cf. Pro 6:22, confabulabitur tecum ); here it is construed first with a personal and then a neuter subject (cf. Amo 8:3), for in Psa 69:13 neither הייתי (Job 30:9; Lam 3:14) nor אני (Lam 3:63) is to be supplied. Psa 69:14 tells us how he acts in the face of such hatred and scorn; ואני, as in Psa 109:4, sarcasmis hostium suam opponit in precibus constantiam (Geier).
As for himself, his prayer is directed towards Jahve at the present time, when his affliction as a witness for God gives him the assurance that He will be well-pleased to accept it (עת רצון = בעת רצון, Isa 49:8). It is addressed to Him who is at the same time Jahve and Elohim , - the revealed One in connection with the history of redemption, and the absolute One in His exaltation above the world, - on the ground of the greatness and fulness of His mercy: may He then answer him with or in the truth of His salvation, i.
e. , the infallibility with which His purpose of mercy verifies itself in accordance with the promises given. Thus is Psa 69:14 to be explained in accordance with the accentuation. According to Isa 49:8, it looks as though עת רצון must be drawn to ענני (Hitzig), but Psa 32:6 sets us right on this point; and the fact that ברב־חסדך is joined to Psa 69:14 also finds support from Psa 5:8.
But the repetition of the divine name perplexes one, and it may be asked whether or not the accent that divides the verse into its two parts might not more properly stand beside רצון, as in Psa 32:6 beside מצא; so that Psa 69:14 runs: Elohim, by virtue of the greatness of Thy mercy hear me, by virtue of the truth of Thy salvation.
Psa 69:1-13 Out of deep distress, the work of his foes, the complaining one cries for help; he thinks upon his sins, which is sufferings bring to his remembrance, but he is also distinctly conscious that he is an object of scorn and hostility for God’s sake, and from His mercy he looks for help in accordance with His promises. The waters are said to rush in unto the soul (עד־נפשׁ), when they so press upon the imperilled one that the soul, i.
e. , the life of the body, more especially the breath, is threatened; cf. Jon 2:6; Jer 4:10. Waters are also a figure of calamities that come on like a flood and drag one into their vortex, Psa 18:17; Psa 32:6; Psa 124:5, cf. Psa 66:12; Psa 88:8, Psa 88:18; here, however, the figure is cut off in such a way that it conveys the impression of reality expressed in a poetical form, as in Ps 40, and much the same as in Jonah’s psalm.
The soft, yielding morass is called יון, and the eddying deep מצוּלה. The Nomen Hophal . מעמד signifies properly a being placed, then a standing-place, or firm standing (lxx ὑπόστασις), like מטּה, that which is stretched out, extension, Isa 8:8. שׁבּלת (Ephraimitish סבּלת) is a streaming, a flood, from שׁבל, Arab. sbl , to stream, flow (cf. note on Psa 58:9 ).
בּוא בּ, to fall into, as in Psa 66:12, and שׁטף with an accusative, to overflow, as in Psa 124:4. The complaining one is nearly drowned in consequence of his sinking down, for he has long cried in vain for help: he is wearied by continual crying (יגע בּ, as in Psa 6:7, Jer 45:3), his throat is parched (נחר from חרר; lxx and Jerome: it is become hoarse), his eyes have failed (Jer 14:6) him, who waits upon his God.
The participle מיחל, equal to a relative clause, is, as in 18:51, 1Ki 14:6, attached to the suffix of the preceding noun (Hitzig). Distinct from this use of the participle without the article is the adverbially qualifying participle in Gen 3:8; Sol 5:2, cf. חי, 2Sa 12:21; 2Sa 18:14. There is no necessity for the correction of the text מיּחל (lxx apo' τοῦ elpi'zein me).
Concerning the accentuation of רבּוּ vid. , on Psa 38:20. Apart from the words “more than the hairs of my head” (Psa 40:13), the complaint of the multitude of groundless enemies is just the same as in Psa 38:20; Psa 35:19, cf. Psa 109:3, both in substance and expression. Instead of מצמיתי, my destroyers, the Syriac version has the reading מעצמותי (more numerous than my bones), which is approved by Hupfeld; but to reckon the multitude of the enemy by the number of one’s own bones is both devoid of taste and unheard of.
Moreover the reading of our text finds support, if it need any, in Lam 3:52. The words, “what I have not taken away, I must then restore,” are intended by way of example, and perhaps, as also in Jer 15:10, as a proverbial expression: that which I have not done wrong, I must suffer for (cf. Jer 15:10, and the similar complaint in Psa 35:11). One is tempted to take אז in the sense of “nevertheless” (Ewald), a meaning, however, which it is by no means intended to convey.
In this passage it takes the place of זאת (cf. οὕτως for ταῦτα, Mat 7:12), inasmuch as it gives prominence to the restitution desired, as an inference from a false assumption: then, although I took it not away, stole it not. The transition from the bewailing of suffering to a confession of sin is like Psa 40:13. In the undeserved persecution which he endures at the hand of man, he is obliged nevertheless to recognise well-merited chastisement from the side of God.
And whilst by אתּה ידעתּ (cf. Psa 40:10, Jer 15:15; Jer 17:16; Jer 18:23, and on ל as an exponent of the object, Jer 16:16; Jer 40:2) he does not acknowledge himself to be a sinner after the standard of his own shortsightedness, but of the divine omniscience, he at the same time commends his sinful need, which with self-accusing modesty he calls אוּלת (Psa 38:6) and אשׁמות (2Ch 28:10), to the mercy of the omniscient One.
Should he, the sinner, be abandoned by God to destruction, then all those who are faithful in their intentions towards the Lord would be brought to shame and confusion in him, inasmuch as they would be taunted with this example. קויך designates the godly from the side of the πίστις, and מבקשׁיךa from the side of the ἀγάπη. The multiplied names of God are so many appeals to God’s honour, to the truthfulness of His covenant relationship.
The person praying here is, it is true, a sinner, but that is no justification of the conduct of men towards him; he is suffering for the Lord’s sake, and it is the Lord Himself who is reviled in him. It is upon this he bases his prayer in Psa 69:8. עליך, for thy sake, as in Psa 44:23; Jer 15:15. The reproach that he has to bear, and ignominy that has covered his face and made it quite unrecognisable (Psa 44:16, cf.
Psa 83:17), have totally estranged (Psa 38:12, cf. Psa 88:9, Job 19:13-15; Jer 12:6) from him even his own brethren (אחי, parallel word בּני אמּי, as in Psa 50:20; cf. on the other hand, Gen 49:8, where the interchange designedly takes another form of expression); for the glow of his zeal (קנאהּ from קנא, according to the Arabic, to be a deep or bright red) for the house of Jahve, viz.
, for the sanctity of the sanctuary and of the congregation gathered about it (which is never directly called “the house of Jahve” in the Old Testament, vid. , Köhler on Zec 9:8, but here, as in Num 12:7; Hos 8:1, is so called in conjunction with the sanctuary), as also for the honour of His who sits enthroned therein, consumes him, like a fire burning in his bones which incessantly breaks forth and rages all through him (Jer 20:9; Jer 23:9), and therefore all the malice of those who are estranged from God is concentrated upon and against him.
He now goes on to describe how sorrow for the sad condition of the house of God has brought noting but reproach to him (cf. Psa 109:24.) It is doubtful whether נפשׁי is an alternating subject to ואבכּה ( fut. consec . without being apocopated), cf. Jer 13:17, or a more minutely defining accusative as in Isa 26:9 (vid. , on Psa 3:5), or whether, together with בּצּום, it forms a circumstantial clause ( et flevi dum in jejunio esset anima mea ), or even whether it is intended to be taken as an accusative of the object in a pregnant construction (= בּכה ושׁפך נפשׁו, Psa 42:5; 1Sa 1:15): I wept away my soul in fasting.
Among all these possible renderings, the last is the least probable, and the first, according to Psa 44:3; 83:19, by far the most probable, and also that which is assumed by the accentuation. The reading of the lxx ואענּה, καὶ συνέκαψα (Olshausen, Hupfeld, and Böttcher), is a very natural (Psa 35:13) exchange of the poetically bold expression for one less choice and less expressive (since ענּה נפשׁ is a phrase of the Pentateuch equivalent to צוּם).
The garb of mourning, like the fasting, is an expression of sorrow for public distresses, not, as in Psa 35:13, of personal condolence; concerning ואתּנה, vid. , on Psa 3:6. On account of this mourning, reproach after reproach comes upon him, and they fling gibes and raillery at him; everywhere, both in the gate, the place where the judges sit and where business is transacted, and also at carousals, he is jeered at and traduced (Lam 3:14, cf.
Lam 5:14; Job 30:9). שׂיח בּ signifies in itself fabulari de... without any bad secondary meaning (cf. Pro 6:22, confabulabitur tecum ); here it is construed first with a personal and then a neuter subject (cf. Amo 8:3), for in Psa 69:13 neither הייתי (Job 30:9; Lam 3:14) nor אני (Lam 3:63) is to be supplied. Psa 69:14 tells us how he acts in the face of such hatred and scorn; ואני, as in Psa 109:4, sarcasmis hostium suam opponit in precibus constantiam (Geier).
As for himself, his prayer is directed towards Jahve at the present time, when his affliction as a witness for God gives him the assurance that He will be well-pleased to accept it (עת רצון = בעת רצון, Isa 49:8). It is addressed to Him who is at the same time Jahve and Elohim , - the revealed One in connection with the history of redemption, and the absolute One in His exaltation above the world, - on the ground of the greatness and fulness of His mercy: may He then answer him with or in the truth of His salvation, i.
e. , the infallibility with which His purpose of mercy verifies itself in accordance with the promises given. Thus is Psa 69:14 to be explained in accordance with the accentuation. According to Isa 49:8, it looks as though עת רצון must be drawn to ענני (Hitzig), but Psa 32:6 sets us right on this point; and the fact that ברב־חסדך is joined to Psa 69:14 also finds support from Psa 5:8.
But the repetition of the divine name perplexes one, and it may be asked whether or not the accent that divides the verse into its two parts might not more properly stand beside רצון, as in Psa 32:6 beside מצא; so that Psa 69:14 runs: Elohim, by virtue of the greatness of Thy mercy hear me, by virtue of the truth of Thy salvation.